Service Manual Good Qualiry

OPERATOR'S MANUAL
BR6090
Bas - BR6090OM-DRAFT
Issue date June 2011
EN
Contents
1 GENERAL INFORMATION
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Note to the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Legal obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Baler operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Net / Twine Baler Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Tractor Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Power take off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Jack stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
2 SAFETY INFORMATION
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Safety decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Safety Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
3 CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS
Monitor Operation
Baler Operator Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
4 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
Machine safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Tractor attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Tractor attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
Hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Baler Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Pick up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Baler blockage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Feeder Reverser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
STARTING THE UNIT

Machine preparation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
PARKING THE UNIT
Parking the machine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
5 TRANSPORT OPERATIONS
ROAD TRANSPORT
Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT

Transporting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Lifting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
6 WORKING OPERATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Bale Formation Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Pick up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Baler Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-11
Driveline protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Net Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Net Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
Twine Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Bale density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Bale density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Tailgate Latch Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Bale ejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
7 MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Torque charts - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Power take off (PTO) Cut out clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Drive chains Main drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Floor Roll Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Pickup Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Drive chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Drive chains Main and rotor drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Pickup tines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Pick up Flotation - wide pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Cam adjustment Cam follower bearing replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Cutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Net Twine Wrapper Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Twine Wrapper Twine wrapper (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Net wrap adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Duckbill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Duckbill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Conveyor Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Bale density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Bale density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Bale ejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Tailgate Latch adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Automatic oiling system Oiler - accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Automatic oiling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Hydraulic Hose Replacement Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
MAINTENANCE CHART
Maintenance Chart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
10 hours or daily Service

Chain and bar system - Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Chain Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
PTO PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Drive chain lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Drive chain lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Chain Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
50 hours Service
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tailgate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Pick up. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Bale shape Bale shape indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
1200 hours or 12 months Service

Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Hydraulic hoses Hose replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
STORAGE
End of Season Parts Replacement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Preparing for Storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Removing from storage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
TROUBLESHOOTING
Round baler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Round baler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
8 SPECIFICATIONS
Overall Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
9 ACCESSORIES
Optional equipment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
10 FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Delivery Report Customer Copy Customer copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Delivery Report Dealer Copy Dealer copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
1 - GENERAL INFORMATION
Foreword [25722765]
This manual has been prepared to assist you in the cor- dard or as an accessory, may vary according to the coun-
rect procedure for running in, driving, operating, adjusting try in which the equipment is to be used. Low cost con-
and maintaining your new machine. figurations, as chosen by the customer, may deviate from
specifications given.
This machine has been designed and built to give maxi-
mum performance, economy and ease of operation under Several illustrations in this manual show the safety guard-
a wide variety of crops and conditions. ing or the additional guards, legally required by certain
countries, open or removed to illustrate better a particular
Prior to delivery, your machine was carefully inspected feature or adjustment.
both at the factory and by your dealer to ensure that it
reaches you in optimum condition. To maintain this con- The machine must not be used in this condition. For your
dition and ensure trouble-free operation it is important that own safety, ensure that all guards are closed or replaced
routine services, as specified in this manual, are carried before operating the machine.
out at the recommended intervals.
Before attempting to drive or operate your machine, read

Owner assistance
this manual carefully (especially chapter covering the We at New Holland and your New Holland Dealer want
Safety Precautions) and keep it in a convenient place for you to be completely satisfied with your investment. Nor-
future reference. mally your dealer's Service Department will handle any
problems with your equipment. Sometimes, however,
"Left" and "right" used throughout this manual are deter-
misunderstanding can occur. If your problem has not
mined from the rear, facing in the direction of travel of the
been handled to your satisfaction, we suggest contacting
machine during operation.
the owner or General Manager of the dealership, ex-
If at any time you require advice concerning your ma- plaining the problem, and requesting assistance. When
chine, do not hesitate to contact your authorised dealer. additional assistance is needed, your dealer has direct
Who has factory-trained personnel, genuine service parts access to our branch office.
and the necessary equipment to carry out your service re-
quirements. Improvements and changes
NOTICE: This machine has been designed and built ac- The company is continually striving to improve its prod-
cording to the European Directive 2006/42/EC. ucts, and therefore reserves the right to make improve-
Always use genuine New Holland Service Parts when ser- ments and changes when it comes practical and possible
vicing and repairing your machine and do not modify your to do so, without incurring any obligation to make changes
machine without a written permission of the manufacturer. or additions to the equipment sold previously.
Failure to do so will void the responsibility of the manufac-
turer. All data given in this manual is subject to production vari-
ations.
An EC Declaration of Conformity is separately delivered
with your machine. Store this EC Declaration into the NOTICE: Operating and service messages displayed
storage space for your Operator's Manual. on the electronic operating panel may vary from what
is shown in the Operator's Manual. Should this occur
Check local road legislation before driving the baler on adhere to the latest instruction on the electronic operating
public roads. panel.
Dimensions and weights are approximate only and the
When operating interchangeable New Holland built illustrations do not necessarily show balers in standard
equipment, ensure the equipment is CE approved. condition. For exact information about any particular ma-
chine please consult your Dealer.
As this publication is distributed throughout our interna-
tional network, the equipment illustrated, either as stan-
1-1
Accessories Important environmental considerations

Your machine has been designed to operate in a wide Soil, air and water are vital factors of agriculture and of
variety of crops and conditions. Nevertheless Additional life in general. Where legislation does not yet rule the
equipment may, in certain cases, be required to improve treatment of some of the substances, which are required
the machine performance. A list of this additional equip- by advanced technology, common sense should govern
ment is given in the "Accessories" section in this manual. the use and the disposal of the products of a chemical
and a petrochemical nature.
Service parts and accessories
The following are recommendations, which may be of as-
Genuine service parts and accessories have been spe- sistance:
cially designed for your machine.
Become acquainted with and respect the relative legisla-
We would like to point out that "non-genuine" parts and tion applicable in your country.
accessories have not been examined and released by the
Company. The installation and/or use of such products Where no legislation exists, obtain information from sup-
could thus have negative effects upon the design char- pliers of oils, fuels, antifreeze, cleaning agents, etc. for
acteristics of your machine and thereby affect its safety. their effect on man and nature and for safe ways of stor-
The Company is not liable for any damage caused by the age, usage and disposal. Agricultural consultants will, in
use of "non-genuine" parts and accessories. many cases, be able to help you as well.
Rely on your authorised dealer to supply you with genuine Helpful hints
New Holland parts only. These parts are covered by our
warranty and will give you the best performance. Avoid filling fuel tanks using jerrycans or inappropriate
pressurized fuel delivery systems which may cause con-
When ordering service parts, always quote the model and siderable spillage.
serial number as well as the year of manufacture which is
printed on the manufacturer's identification plate. In general, avoid skin contact with all oils, acids, solvents,
etc. Most of them contain substances which can be harm-
Warranty ful to your health.
Your machine is warranted according to legal rights in Use biodegradable oils for chain lubrication where oils
your country and the contractual agreement with the sell- cannot be recuperated. In many countries rapeseed oils
ing dealer. No warranty shall, however, apply if the ma- or other agricultural lubricants have become available.
chine has not been used, adjusted and maintained ac-
Modern oils contain additives. Do not burn contaminated
cording to the instructions given in this Operator's Man-
fuels and/or waste oils in ordinary heating systems.
ual.
Avoid spillage when draining off used engine coolant mix-
It is prohibited to carry out any modifications to the ma-
tures, engine, gearbox and hydraulic oils, brake fluids,
chine unless specifically authorised, in writing, by a New
etc. Do not mix drained brake fluids, fuels or coolant mix-
Holland representative.
tures with lubricants. Store them safely until they can be
disposed of in a proper way to comply with local legisla-
Lubricants tion and available resources. They should not be allowed
to get into the soil but should be collected and disposed
Your dealer sells a selection of specially formulated lubri- of safely.
cants based on own engineering specifications.
Do not open the air-conditioning system yourself; it con-
Recommended lubricants for your machine are listed in tains gases, which should not be released into the air.
the Maintenance section of this manual. Your dealer has a special extractor for this purpose and
will have to do the recharging of the system anyway.
Cleaning your machine
Repair any leaks or defects in the engine cooling or the
Your machine is a state-of-the-art machine with sophisti- hydraulic system immediately.
cated, electronic controls. Even though every precaution
has been taken to safeguard electronic components and Do not increase the pressure in a pressurized circuit as
connections, the pressure generated by some pressure this may lead to bursting of the components.
washers is such that complete protection against water
ingress cannot be guaranteed. Protect hoses during welding as penetrating weld splatter
may burn a hole or weaken them, causing the loss of oils,
When using a high pressure washer, do not stand too coolant, etc.
close to the machine and avoid directing the jet at elec-
tronic components, electrical connections, breathers,
seals, filler caps, etc.
1-2
Battery recycling batteries and small "dry" batteries which may be used in
electric or electronic systems) to your New Holland Dealer
Batteries and electric accumulators contain various com- who will ensure proper disposal or recycling. In certain
ponents which can damage the environment if they are countries this is a legal requirement.
not properly recycled after usage. New Holland strongly
recommends that you return all used batteries (starting ©CNH Belgium NV
1-3
Note to the Owner [25657939]

Intended use
This Round Baler is designed to be towed by an agricul-
tural tractor and powered by the tractor's power take off.
It is intended to be used to pick up and bale forage and
straw crops including, but not limited to, mixed hay/grass
and lucerne, for agricultural purposes on cultivated land.
ALL OTHER PURPOSES ARE PROHIBITED.
Product improvements
We are continually striving to improve its products. We re-
serve the right to make improvements or changes when
it becomes practical and possible to do so, without incur-
ring any obligation to make changes or additions to the
equipment sold previously.
Product identification PIN plates

The model, serial number and year of manufacture are
stamped on a manufacturer's identification plate which is
located on the frame front cross beam, on the right of the
baler tongue.
The serial number is also stamped in the frame cross

beam just above the identification plate.
P1 1
Record below your machine serial number and year of

manufacture for quick reference:
Baler type _______________________

_
Baler serial n° _______________________
_
Year of manufacture _______________________
_
Date machine first used _______________________
_
Dealer's telephone n° _______________________
_
P2 2
1-4
Machine serial number 9 and 17 digit.

The machine is identified using currently a 9 digit serial
number which could look like 351720001, and can be
found on the PIN (Product Identification Number) plate.
The new serial number (where applied) will consist of 17
(alpha/numeric) digits which will be similar to the example:
HAF35100L0072000.
This includes the current 9 digit number as shown in the
following table.
9 D- 3 5 1 7 2 0 0 0 1
igit
17 H A F 3 5 1 0 0 L 0 0 7 2 0 0 0 1
Dig-
it
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17
This new serial number can then be read and explained
as follows using example: HAF35100L00720001
Position one to three represents the World Manufacturer
Code (WMC).
(HAF) is the WMC for the Zedelgem ‐ Belgium plant.
Position four to eight form the Machine Descriptor Section
alpha/numeric.
Position four and five are the identification of the model
within the product line (35) machine.
Position six (1) indicates the production assembly line
number, 1 = Zedelgem machine assembly line.
Position seven and eight (00) are used for specific ho-
mologation indications.
Position nine (L) is used as a check digit (Only charac-
ters). The calculation of this character is based on the
other sixteen digits from the serial number.
Position ten to seventeen (00720001) form the Machine
Indicator Section. alpha/numeric.
Position ten and eleven are not used (value is zero)
Position twelve up to fourteen (720) represents the batch
in which the machine was made.
Position fifteen to seventeen (001) represents the sequen-
tial number for each machine made within a batch.
001 = first machine built in batch 720.
1-5
Legal obligations [25660187]

EC Declaration of Conformity The document as well as the operator's manual should
also stay with the machine if it is traded again.
The manufacturer delivers the machine with a document This baler has also been built to comply with additional
called "EC Declaration of Conformity" which guarantees related European standards which include:
that the machine complies with the European Machinery EN 15811:2009 Guard locks
Safety Directives. EN 12965 PTO drive shafts and guards
This document will usually be found on the machine when EN ISO 5674 Guards PTO drive shafts
the machine is originally supplied to you. EN ISO 13849 Safety electronic systems
If not, it should be obtained from your dealer. EN ISO 12100 Machinery safety general
The owner must carefully preserve this document to be
able to present it to Safety Inspection Authorities when
requested.
EC Declaration of Conformity
According to Directives 2006/42/EC & 2004/108/EC
We, CNH Belgium N.V.Leon Claeysstraat 3A B - 8210 ZEDELGEM (Belgium)
represented by Antoon Vermeulen,
Leon Claeysstraat 3A B - 8210 ZEDELGEM (Belgium)
declare under our sole responsibility, that the product:
Agricultural machine
Commercial Name and Model: New Holland BR6090
Denomination: BALER
Type: 544 or 1204
Serial Number: .......................
to which this declaration relates, fulfills all the relevant provisions of Directives 2006/42/EC & 2004/108/EC,
amended by: ____________
For the relevant implementation of the provisions of the Directives, the following (harmonized) standards
have been applied:
• EN ISO 4254-1:2009
• EN ISO 14982:2009
• EN ISO 4254-11:2010
Place and date of the declaration: Zedelgem ...............
Name and signature of authorized person:
Antoon Vermeulen
1-6
Baler operation [25658305]

Baler Components
ZIL10FCRB018FAA 1
1. Drive shaft with overload clutch 19. Bar and chain conveyor tensioner roller
2. Jack stand 20. Tailgate
3. Net or plastic roll 21. Bale chamber
4. Net or plastic roll brake mechanism 22. Conveyor idler
5. Net or plastic wrap mechanism - knife 23. Bale ejector
Standard baler = sprung loaded
Wrapper baler = hydraulic operation
6. Net or plastic wrap mechanism - duckbill 24. Ground wheel
7. Twine wrap mechanism [accessory] where fitted. 25. Floor roll
8. Conveyor drive shaft 26. Stripper roll scraper
9. Stripper roll 27. pickup flotation spring
10. Density sensor mechanism 28. Hydraulic pickup lift cylinder
11. Conveyor idler roller 29. Cutter knives (CropCutter™)
12. Tailgate latch spring 30. Feed rotor
13. Tailgate opening cylinder 31. pickup gauge wheel
14. Tailgate latch switch 32. pickup assembly
15. Tailgate latch 33. Windguard
16. Density spring 34. Gearbox
17. Bar and chain conveyor 35. Reversible hitch
18. Bar and chain conveyor tensioner spring
1-7
How the baler functions
ZIL10FCRB019FAA 2
The pickup (32) equipped with cross conveying augers, The floor roll (25) feeds the crop to the bar and chain
feeds the crop to the feed rotor (30). The windguard (33) conveyor (17). Together they begin to roll and form the
is adjustable in height to hold the crop firmly above the bale inside the bale chamber (21).
pickup for positive feeding.
At this time, the tailgate is closed and latched. The density
On less cutter machines, the feed rotor (30) moves the springs (16) are retracted and hold the rubber stop firmly
crop straight to the floor roll (25). against the tailgate frame.
The with cutter CropCutter™ machine is equipped with The bale chamber (21) is filling up as crop feeds in, rolls
cutter knives (29) which can swing in or out of the feeder and curls freely under the combined action of feed rotor
duct. When engaged, the feed rotor (30) sweeps the crop (30) floor roll (25) conveyor (17) and stripper roll (9).
against the knives (29) then the chopped crop is fed to the
floor roll (25). The crop packs loosely by its own weight and structure.
1-8
ZIL10FCRB020FAA 3
The bale chamber (21) is filled up with loosely packed more the tailgate will release and the more the spring will
crop. As more crop is fed in, the floor roll (25) conveyor be pulled.
(17) and stripper roll (9) begin and continue to compact
the crop until the moment the desired density is reached. The density sensor mechanism (10) linked to the Bale
Most of the bale (weight) is carried by the floor roll (25). Command Plus™ system, keeps record of the density
evolution in the bale by measuring the amount of opening
Contrarily, the compacting bale exerts pressure on the of the tailgate and will warn the operator when the se-
tailgate (20) and tends to push the tailgate open. lected density has been reached.
The tailgate is hooked up by the latch (15) attached to the As there is a density sensor mechanism (10) on both
main frame and the density spring (16) attached to the sides of the machine, they also assist the operator in fill-
tailgate. ing the bale evenly on both sides.
The tailgate is allowed to release slightly, thereby pulling The tailgate is slightly open but still held in the latch (15)
on and extending the spring (16). on both sides of the machine.
The density is adjustable on the Bale Command Plus™ Spring (12) holds the latch engaged.
monitoring system: the higher the selected density, the
1-9
ZIL10FCRB021FAA 4
The bale has reached the desired density. The Bale Com- twine down to the middle behind the duckbill (6). Then
mand Plus™ system warns the operator, who has to stop the duckbill moves down rearward to the "insert" position,
forward travel. The PTO. remains engaged. picks up the twine strands and feeds the twine to the rotat-
ing bale through the slot between the conveyor drive shaft
The tailgate remains hooked up in the tailgate latches. (8) and the stripper roll (9). The bale picks up the twine
and the duckbill retracts to a position midway between "in-
The wrapper mechanism engages automatically, steered sert" and "home" position. The twine mechanism (7) puts
by the Bale Command Plus™ . During standstill, the bale wraps around the bale in a start ‐ stop manner. When the
is wrapped with the selected wrap material. twine arms reach the home position (twine wraps on the
ends of the bale), the duckbill moves up to the home po-
The duckbill (6) loaded with net or plastic feeds the net or sition and pulls the knife (5) up: the twine is cut..
plastic to the rotating bale.
When the wrap cycle is finished, the Bale Command
When the number of wraps is applied, the duckbill (6) and Plus™ system again informs the operator that the fin-
the knife (5) move up: the net or plastic is cut. ished bale is wrapped, ready to be ejected.
When twine is selected (twine wrap is an accessory), the
twine arm mechanism (7) moves the twine arms with the
1 - 10
ZIL10FCRB022FAA 5
The bale is wrapped, ready to be ejected. The Bale Com- The operator closes the tailgate by means of the trac-
mand Plus™ system gives a signal to the operator, who tor hydraulics (single‐acting tailgate cylinder) the tailgate
opens the tailgate by means of the tractor hydraulics. comes down by its own weight. When it contacts the baler
frame, the tailgate latch spring (12) reengages the latch
During bale ejection, the PTO. remains engaged. (15). The switch (14) changes state again as the latch
(15) rotates back to the home position.
The extending tailgate cylinder (13) first releases the tail-
gate latch (15) then lifts the tailgate. The tailgate latch The operator must hold and lock the tractor valve lever in
switch (14) changes state as the latch (15) rotates. The the "lower" position (in the case of a single‐acting valve)
Bale Command Plus™ system recognizes the tailgate is or the "float" position (in the case of a double‐acting valve)
unlatched. for the tailgate to close, for the latch to engage and for the
tailgate cylinder to float.
The bale rolls out of the bale chamber, over the bale ejec-
tor (23) clear of the baler. The Bale Command Plus™ system gives a signal to the
operator when the tailgate is closed and latched: the baler
With the bale ejector, the bale can be ejected and the is ready to start the next bale.
tailgate closed without moving the baler back and forth
on flat ground.
1 - 11
Net / Twine Baler Units [25760514]

Components
ZIL10FCRB065FAA 1
Actuator fully retracted (home position)
A bale is being formed in the bale chamber. All wrapper
components are in the home position.
NOTE: Items 1, 2, 9, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17 and 18 are
mounted outside of the Bale Chamber. Items 3, 4, 5, 6,
*13 and 19 are mounted inside of the bale Chamber
1. Net, plastic, wrap actuator (fully retracted) 13 to 17. Net, plastic, roll secondary brake mechanism
2. Duckbill drive linkage Consists of: Roll size gauge lever (13)
3. Duckbill assembly (home position) Spring (14) (secondary)
4. Knife drive linkage Lever (15)
5. Knife assembly Brake release linkage (16)
6. Shear bar (knife striker plate) Compensation spring (17)
7. Conveyor drive shaft 18. Control handle (to load a roll of net or plastic)
8. Stripper roll 19. Metering roller
9. Net, plastic, roll spindle and brake disc 20. Net, plastic, spreading rollers
10 to 12. Net, plastic, roll primary brake mechanism
Consists of: Brake pad (10)
Lever (11)
Spring (12)
1 - 12
ZIL10FCRB006FAA 2
NOTE: The Net, plastic, wrapper function description in Just before the actuator (1) reaches its "full extend"
the following pages relates to an automatic wrapper se- stroke, the duckbill drive linkage (2) pulls the brake
quence (running on Bale Command Plus™ monitor sys- release linkage (16). The secondary brake lever (15)
tem set for automatic mode of operation). separates from the primary brake lever (11). The brake
force on the roll reduces to a constant low level force ex-
When the bale reaches the set density, the Bale Com- erted by the primary brake lever (11) to ease the delivery
mand Plus™ system gives a signal to the operator to stop of the Net, plastic, from the spool at wrap start.
forward motion. Then the wrapper cycle starts.
The duckbill (3) feeds the net, plastic, between the con-
The net wrap actuator (1) fully extends, swinging the veyor drive shaft (7) and the stripper roll (8) to the rotating
duckbill assembly (3) down and rearwards. bale.
As the duckbill (3) moves down, the knife assembly (5) The net, plastic, gets trapped between the rotating strip-
opens up. per roll and the bale: net, plastic, starts wrapping around
the bale.
The duckbill (3) brings the Net, plastic, towards the bale.
1 - 13
ZIL10FCRB007FAA 3
The rotating bale has picked up the net, plastic, which in Note the function of the roll size gauge lever (13):
turn drives the metering roller (19). A sensor on the me-
tering roller feeds a signal into the Bale Command Plus™ •
system to activate the wrap actuator (1): the actuator par-
tially retracts, bringing the duckbill (3) to the "precut" po- A new roll of net or plastic is big in size and requires
sition. more braking force. The roll size gauge lever (13)
gives extra tension to the secondary brake system,
The amount of actuator movement also released the spring (14) and lever (15) resulting in higher brake
brake linkage (16): secondary brake lever (15) and spring force.
(14) assist primary brake lever (11) and spring (12) to •
apply full brake force on the net roll.
A used roll decreases in size and progressively re-
The net is held tight whilst feeding onto the bale, the net quires less braking force. The roll size gauge lever
spreading rollers (20) spread the net over the full width of (13) progressively reduces the tension on spring
the bale. (14) resulting in decreasing secondary brake force.
The number of wraps is programmable with the Bale •
Command Plus™ monitor system.
The compensation spring (17) keeps a constant
The net, plastic, driven metering roller (19) keeps track of pressure on the roll size gauge lever (13) in contact
the length of net, plastic, that passes, to correspond with with the roll, independent from the primary and
the number of wraps selected. secondary brake systems.
1 - 14
ZIL10FCRB008FAA 4
At the time the programmed number of wraps is applied The bale is wrapped and ready for ejection.
to the bale, monitored by the number of revolutions of the
metering roller (19) the actuator (1) retracts to the "home" The Bale Command Plus™ monitor system. gives a sig-
position (fully retracted). nal to the operator to eject the bale.
The duckbill (3) moves up to the "home position". All wrapper components are back in the "home" position,
as shown in Figure 1, ready to make the next bale.
The knife assembly (5) linked to the duckbill, closes
against the shear bar (6) and cuts the net, plastic.
1 - 15
Net Wrapper [25760237]

Components
The entire wrapping process runs completely automati-
cally, controlled by the Bale Command Plus™ monitor
system.
Electric actuators, mechanical linkages and electric vari-

able position sensors operate the wrapper mechanism.
The net, plastic, wrapper mechanism consists of the fol-

lowing components:
Duckbill assembly
1. Duckbill frame
2. Net spreader rollers
3. Knife to duckbill linkage
4. Net insertion plate (tool)
5. Knife assembly
6. Duckbill upper and lower baffle plates
NOTE: The net, plastic, box has been removed for visibil-
ity of the duckbill assembly.
ZIL10FCRB256AAA 1
Roll spindle
1. Roll diameter gauge bar

2. Roll hold pawl
3. Roll clamping cone
4. Roll spindle
5. Metering roller
6. Metering roller sensor
7. Roll brake sheave
ZIL10FCRB257AAA 2
1 - 16
Net wrapper drive components

1. Hydraulic cylinder
2. Controller
3. Linkage (connected to net wrap roll diameter gauge
bar (1), Figure 2)
4. Brake release lever
5. Roll brake sheave
6. Primary brake lever
7. Secondary brake lever
8. Brake release linkage to hydraulic cylinder
9. Variable position sensor
ZIL10FCRB299AAA 3
10. Lever (connected to duckbill frame (1), Figure 1
1 - 17
Twine Wrapper [30182574]

Components (where fitted)
The entire wrapping process runs completely automatic,
controlled by the Bale Command Plus™ monitor system.
Switching from net to twine and back again is achieved by
means of a selector switch on the Bale Command Plus™
monitor system. Electric actuators, mechanical linkages
and electric variable position sensors operate both of the
wrapper mechanisms.
ATTENTION: Be aware that a twine wrap cycle involves
both the operation of the twine wrapper mechanism and
the operation of the net wrapper mechanism.
The twine wrapper mechanism consists of the following

components:
Twine box compartment
1. Porcelain twine guides

2. Metal twine guides
3. Twine tensioner
4. Twine box
5. Twine run indicator roller
ZIL10FCRB141AAA 1
Twine tube mechanism and drive
1. Variable position sensor

2. Twine tube drive gears
3. Twine tubes
4. Electric actuator
NOTE: The twine box and the twine box roof have been
removed for clarity.
ZIL10FCRB094AAA 2
1 - 18
Twine clamp and cut mechanism
1. Adjustable twine clamp‐and‐stop device

2. Twine cutting knife (part of the net wrapper mecha-
nism)
NOTE: The net wrapper mechanism has been moved to
its "insert" position to improve the visibility of components
A and B.
ZIL10FCRB104AAA 3
1 - 19

Components (where fitted)
ZIL10FCRB011FAA 1
Actuator fully retracted (home position)
1 - 20
A bale is being formed in the bale chamber. All wrapper

components are in the home position with the actuator
fully retracted and in the home position.
1. Twine wrap actuator (fully retracted)

2. Twine tube drive gear
3. Twine tubes (home position)
4. Twine clamp‐and‐stop device
5. Net, plastic, wrap actuator (fully retracted)
6. Duckbill drive linkage
7. Duckbill assembly (home position)
8. Knife drive linkage
9. Knife assembly
10.Shearbar (knife striker plate)
11. Conveyor drive shaft
12. Stripper roll
The twines come down from the twine tubes and are held
in the clamp‐and‐stop devices on each side of baler.
ZIL10FCRB001BAA 2
1 - 21
ZIL10FCRB012FAA 3
NOTE: The twine wrapper function description in the fol-

lowing pages relates to an automatic wrapper sequence
running on the Bale Command Plus™ monitor system,
when set for automatic mode of operation.
When the bale reaches 50 % of the preset density, the

twine wrapper actuator (1) extends, then the wrapping
arms (3) move to the center of the baler.
When the bale reaches the set density, the Bale Com-
mand Plus™ monitor system gives a signal to the opera-
tor to stop forward motion. Then the wrapper cycle starts.
The twines release from the clamp‐and‐stop devices (4)

ZIL10FCRB111AAA 4
and hang down in the middle of the baler, behind the duck-
bill assembly (7).
1 - 22
ZIL10FCRB013FAA 5
The twine tubes (3) dwell for a programmed lapse of time

in the middle of the baler.
In the meantime, the net wrap actuator (5) extends, swing-

ing the duckbill assembly (7) down and rearwards.
As the duckbill (7) moves down, the knife assembly (9)

opens up.
The duckbill (7) picks up the twine strands and feeds them
between the conveyor drive shaft (11) and the stripper roll
(12) to the rotating bale.
The twines get trapped between the rotating stripper roll

ZIL10FCRB111AAA 6
and the bale. Wrapping starts in the middle of the bale.
1 - 23
ZIL10FCRB014FAA 7
The twines have started to wrap around the bale in the

middle.
After a programmed dwell time has elapsed, the net wrap

actuator (5) partially retracts bringing the duckbill (7) to
the "precut" position.
Now the twine wrap actuator (1) continues its cycle, mov-
ing the twine tubes (3) across the width of the bale:
• Still dwelling in the middle of the bale for a pro-

grammed lapse of time, to put the starting wraps,
• Retracting in a start‐stop manner, moving the twine
tubes step by step across the entire width of the bale ZIL10FCRB046AAA 8
putting the number of wraps (wrap pattern) selected,
• Stopping in the "home" position, putting the end
wraps.
The twines now run on the outside edges of the bale and
have entered the clamp‐and‐stop devices (4) ready to be
cut.
1 - 24
ZIL10FCRB015FAA 9
The number of end wraps is programmable with the Bale

Command Plus™ monitor system.
After a programmed lapse of time, corresponding with the

number of end wraps selected, the net wrap actuator (5)
retracts to the "home" position, moving the duckbill as-
sembly (7) up to the "home" position.
The knife assembly (9) linked to the duckbill, closes

against the Shearbar (10) and cuts the twine.
The bale is wrapped and is ready for ejection.
The Bale Command Plus™ monitor system gives a signal

to the operator to eject the bale.
All wrapper components are back in the "home" position,

as shown in Figure 1, ready to make the next bale.
ZIL10FCRB001BAA 10
1 - 25
Crop cutter [25679370]

CropCutter™Components (Where fitted)
ZIL10FCRB016FAA 1
CropCutter™ Cutter components (shown in non-cutting position).
1. CropCutter™ Cutter actuator (fully retracted) 6. Knife break away spring

2. Knife break away link 7. Knife
3. Knife selection shaft and hub 8. Knife holder shaft
4. Knife control arm 9. Knife holder shaft handle
5. Knife selection latch
The CropCutter™ cutter baler is equipped with cutter If the cutter is not programmed for leaving an uncut outer
knives which can swing in and out of the feeder duct. layer, the knives stay in all the time until the cutter is
turned OFF.
Operation of the CropCutter™ mechanism is controlled
by the Bale Command Plus™ monitor system. If the cutter is programmed for an uncut outer layer, the
knives will automatically move out prior to finishing the
CropCutter™ Cutter operation can be selected from the bale (reaching the selected density).
Bale Command Plus™ monitor operator panel to be OFF
for not cutting the crop, or ON for cutting the crop. The knives then stay out for finishing and wrapping the
bale.
It is also possible to programme the CropCutter™ cutter
mechanism to leave an uncut layer of crop around the When opening the tailgate for ejecting the bale, the knives
outside of the bale for improved stability and weathering move back in.
characteristics of the finished bale.
The knives will automatically move in when the cutter is

turned ON.
1 - 26
ZIL10FCRB009FAA 2
CropCutter™ Components (shown in cutting position).
NOTE: The CropCutter™ cutter function description Should the spring not have enough force to bring the
in the following pages relates to an automatic cutter knives up, the actuator will force the knives up as it
sequence (running on monitor system set for automatic reaches the "full extend" position when the arm (4) is
mode of operation). bottoming out in the slot in knife break away link (2).
When the cutter function is turned ON (pressing the cutter Having reached the "full extend" position, the actuator
ON/OFF key on the monitor operator panel), the cutter then retracts immediately to the "cut" position as illus-
actuator (1) first extends to the "full extend" position. trated in the next figure, leaving the knives in the feeder
duct, ready to cut the incoming crop.
This allows the knife break away spring (6) to rotate knife
control arm (4) and knife selection shaft and hub (3) united NOTE: The operator can instantly select all 15, knives, 7
by means of the latch (5). The ribs on the knife selection knives or 3 knives by relocating the knife selection shaft
shaft (3) lift the knives (7) into the feeder duct. and hub 3 in relation to the knife control arm (4).
1 - 27
ZIL10FCRB010FAA 3
CropCutter™Cutter components (shown in cut position)
The knives are in the feeder duct (all or selected number When the cutter function is turned OFF (by pressing the
of knives), cutting the incoming crop. cutter ON/OFF key on the monitor operator panel), the
actuator will automatically retract to the "home" position
The actuator remains in the "cut" position. and the knives will move out of the feeder duct, as illus-
trated in Figure 1.
A foreign object or big lumps that enter the baler will be
able to deflect the knives rearwards. The knife selection If the cutter is programmed for an uncut outer layer, the
shaft (3) is able to be knocked out against the tension of sequence of moving the knives in and out will be per-
spring (6) and the hub (3) can ride freely up in the slot of formed (automatically) for every bale made as long as the
break away link (2). When the object or lump has passed, cutter function is left ON.
the selection shaft and knives reset.
If the cutter is not programmed for leaving an uncut outer

layer, the knives and actuator remain in this position all
the time until the CropCutter™ cutter is turned OFF.
1 - 28
Tractor Requirements [25762580]

Tractor Horse power requirements
The baler requires a tractor with an output, available at
the PTO to drive the baler:
Select a tractor with additional power for tractive effort in

accordance with terrain conditions (i.e. 10 kW (13.6 Hp)
on flat land or more as required on sloping land).
Minimum Recommended
CropCutter™
Model
- No knives in use 37 kW (50.3 Hp) 52 kW (70.7 Hp)
- 7 knives in use 40 kW (54.4 Hp) 57 kW (77.5 Hp)
- 15 knives in use 44 kW (59.8 Hp) 62 kW (84.3 Hp)
Tractor wheel setting

As the tractor has to straddle the windrow, ensure the trac-
tor selected has adequate clearance under the frame to
avoid bunching of the material. If required, attach a can-
vas under the tractor body, rear axle and hitch to deflect
the crop down.
Adjust the tractor wheels for 140 - 160 cm (55.1 - 63.0 in)
clearance between the rear tires, if possible.
1 - 29
Power take off (PTO) [25765238]

The PTO control on the tractor is used to start and stop
the baler. Less shock is transmitted to the driveline if the
tractor engine is set at a low to medium idle speed before
engagement. After the unit is running, adjust the tractor
throttle to deliver a full 540 RPM to the PTO
NOTICE: Never allow the PTO speed to exceed 540 RPM
or machine damage and short life may result.
Tailgate hydraulic control

The tractor hydraulic control is used to open and close the
tailgate on the baler. Refer to "Hydraulic outlets" for more
details on how to operate the tractor hydraulics to open
and close the tailgate.
PTO support
When detaching the baler from the tractor, rest the PTO
onto the PTO support (1).
When the baler hitch is fitted in the high position, the PTO
hangs in the support (1).
When attaching the baler to the tractor, swing the support

rearward to a horizontal position.
ZIL10FCRB093AAA 1
NOTICE: To transport the baler, the PTO must be coupled

to the tractor, and the PTO support swung to its horizontal
position. Do not transport the baler with the PTO resting
on the support.
ZIL10FCRB063AAA 2
1 - 30
Jack stand [25765689]

Winding the jack crank (5) will raise or lower the baler
tongue to attach/detach the baler from the tractor. The
complete jack stand (6) can be moved down to the storage
position, and moved up to the transport position. Grab
the jack at the crank (5) and/or the grab handle (7) Refer
Figure, 3.
ZIL10FCRB110AAA 1
The spring‐loaded jack stand latch (4) has three positions

to be used:
• Latch (4) engaged in notch (3) secures the jack

stand in either storage or transport position. Make
sure the latch is securely engaged in notch (3) at all
times in either the transport or storage position of
the jack. In the transport position, wind the crank
(5) to lift the jack fully up.
• Latch (4) disengaged and riding along the edge (2)
allows the jack stand to be moved up or down. It
snaps engaged automatically when the desired po-
sition is reached.
ZIL10FCRB144AAA 2
• Notch (1) allows the latch (4) to be mechanically
locked out temporarily during the manipulation
process, or permanently should special situations
require so.
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Equipment could fall if not properly supported.
Position suitable jack stands under the feeder
housing and secure in place before servicing.
Failure to comply could result in death or seri-
ous injury.
W0008B
ATTENTION: Be cautious when operating the jack stand. ZIL10FCRB103AAA 3

There is risk of injury by pinching or shearing points. Grab
the jack crank with both hands as illustrated to lift and
lower the jack stand.
1 - 31
Parking Brake [25765751]

For some countries a wheel lock may be fitted to these
machines, and must be engaged when the machine is
parked.
An instruction decal is provided on the left hand side of

the machine above the wheel.
ZIL10FCRB161AAA 1
The lever (1) operates a wheel lock pin which engages in

the wheel hub, preventing the wheel from rotating.
NOTE: The wheel lock pin is disengaged when the lever
is in the position shown opposite, when towing the baler
behind the tractor.
When the tractor is parked engage the wheel lock by mov-

ing the lever (1) out and downwards.
ZIL10FCRB724AAA 2
1 - 32
2 - SAFETY INFORMATION
Safety rules [25658997]
Farm accidents can be prevented with your help, no accident prevention programme can be successful without the
wholehearted cooperation of the person who is directly responsible for the operation of the equipment.
To read of accident reports from all over the world is to be convinced that a large number of accidents can be prevented
only by the operator anticipating the result before the accident is caused and doing something about it.
It is said that "The best kind of safety device is a careful operator who with care and mature consideration can save
more lives and limbs than any accident prevention programme which is not adhered to".
Safety statements
Throughout this manual and on machine decals, you will find precautionary statements ("CAUTION", "WARNING",
AND "DANGER") followed by specific instructions. These precautions are intended for the personal safety of you and
those working with you. Please take the time to read them.
CAUTION: The word "CAUTION" is used where a safe behavioral practice according to operating and maintenance
instructions and common safety practices will protect the operator and others from accident involvement.
WARNING: The word "WARNING" denotes a potential or hidden hazard which could possibly cause serious injury. It
is used to warn operators and others to exercise due care and attention to avoid a surprise accident with machinery.
DANGER: The word "DANGER" denotes a forbidden practice in connection with a serious hazard which could result
in death.
FAILURE TO FOLLOW THE "CAUTION", "WARNING", AND "DANGER" INSTRUCTIONS MAY RESULT IN SERI-
OUS BODILY INJURY OR DEATH.
Safety reminders
DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Secure machine with wheel chocks.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious injury.
D0013A
DANGER
Entanglement hazard!
Make sure the Power Take-Off (PTO) safety chain is properly hooked in position before operating the
machine.
D0040A
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Make sure the area surrounding the tailgate is clear of all persons and domestic animals before opening
or closing the tailgate.
D0034A
DANGER
Crush hazard! The tailgate may close faster than you can move away.
ALWAYS make sure the tailgate lockout valves are in the OFF (locked) position before working under
a raised tailgate. In the event of a sudden loss of hydraulic pressure, the tailgate will fall if the lockout
valves are not engaged. Stand clear of the tailgate before disengaging the lockout valves.
D0002A
2-1
WARNING
Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all movement
to stop before leaving the operator's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean, or unplug machine with
the engine running.
Failure to comply could result in death or serious injury.
W0227A
WARNING
Moving parts!
Make sure all entry and mechanical access doors are properly closed before operating the machine.
W0238A
WARNING
Burn hazard!
Stop baling immediately if you notice a scorched odor, an unusual sound, or the sight of smoke or
flames. Do not attempt to extinguish a fire that is too far advanced.
W0186A
WARNING
Fire hazard! Crop materials are flammable and present a high risk of fire.
Frequently remove accumulated crop or wrapping material from the machine. Inspect the machine
for oil leaks and overheated bearings or other moving parts. Immediately service the machine when
required; DO NOT continue to use machine until service is complete.
W0392A
WARNING
Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) required.
When assembling, operating, or servicing the machine, wear protective clothing and PPE necessary
for the particular procedure. Some PPE that may be necessary includes protective shoes, eye and/or
face protection, hard hat, heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protection.
W0353A
WARNING
Pressurized fluid can penetrate the skin and cause severe injuries.
Keep hands and body away from any pressurized leak. DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use
a piece of cardboard or paper. If fluid penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immediately.
W0158A
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Use caution when backing the towing unit up to the hitch. Have all persons in clear view before you
start to back up. Always take the towing unit out of gear and set the parking brake before anyone goes
behind the towing unit to check the hitch alignment.
W0961A
Machine safety
Additional precautionary statements (ATTENTION, NOTE, and NOTICE) are followed by specific instructions. These
statements are also intended for your safety and avoidance of machine damage.
2-2
General recommendations
• Your round baler was designed with safety very
much in mind. However, there is no real substitute
for caution and attention in preventing accidents.
Once an accident has happened it is too late to think
about what you should have done!
• Remember that the machine has been designed ex-
clusively for agricultural use. Any other application
must first be authorised by the manufacturer.
• Read this manual thoroughly before starting off, op-
erating, servicing or carrying out any other operation
on the machine. A few minutes reading will save you
time and hassle later.
• Read all the safety decals adhered to the machine
and follow the instructions. Immediately replace any
decals that are missing or damaged. Place orders
for these with your local dealer.
• The machine should only be operated, maintained
and repaired by responsible persons instructed on
how to operate the machine and authorised to do
so.
• Always keep a first aid kit handy.
• Do not work around the machine wearing loose gar-
ments that could get caught in any of the moving
parts.
• Keep persons clear of the area between tractor and
implement if the baler is not secured against unin-
tentional movement.
• Use wheel chocks to immobilize the implement when
parking. They are delivered with the baler.
• Check that all rotating parts connected to the PTO.
shaft are properly guarded.
ZIL10FCRB732AAA 1
• Avoid using the machine in unsuitable crop and

weather conditions. It is better to stop work tem-
porarily rather than operating in such conditions.
• Check that all guards and covers provided are prop-
erly fitted and secured.
• It is highly recommended to equip the machine with
a fire extinguisher that should be located in an ac-
cessible location. Remember that a fire extinguisher
must be checked regularly and refilled or replaced
when necessary.
2-3
Preparing for operation

• Before attaching the machine to the tractor, ensure
that the tractor is in good working order and that the
brakes are efficient, particularly if operating on hilly
ground. Also, ensure that the hydraulic system is
compatible with that of the baler.
• Ensure that the PTO. lock pin is properly engaged in
the tractor power takeoff shaft. An incorrectly locked
PTO. shaft could work loose and cause accidents or
damage to the machine.
• Make sure that the tractor drawbar hitch pin is not
worn and that it is securely locked to prevent the pin
from bouncing out.
ZIL10FCRB742AAA 2
• Check that the electrical system is working correctly,

as well as the direction indicator lights.
Travelling on public roads

• Before transporting the baler on public roads, raise
and mechanically secure the pickup in the highest
position, per instructions in this manual.
• Ensure that tires are in good condition and properly
inflated.
• Keep the towing speed down to 30 km/h (unless
local speed regulations restrict to a lower speed).
ZIL10FCRB735AAA 3
2-4
• Use flashing beacons and/or reflector signs on the

machine and/or the tractor when travelling on public
roads to indicate the vehicle is slow‐moving and thus
prevent accidents. Check local regulations.
• Ensure the machine is equipped with all obligatory
lighting before driving on public roads and they are
functioning correctly.
• When manoeuvring the baler, always be conscious
of its size.
• Avoid taking corners at high speed.
• Never travel at speed in crowded areas.
• Always observe road regulations.
• Do not carry a bale nor crop in the bale chamber
when travelling on the road.
• Do not tow the machine with the tailgate open.
Operating the baler

WARNING: Before any person/s operate the baler ensure
they have the ability to operate machinery, and have been
specifically trained to operate the baler.
NOTICE: Wear suitable personal protective equipment
(PPE) and clothing to suit the conditions, and regulations
in your country. This equates but not limited to protection
of eyes, lungs, ears, head, hands and feet when oper-
ating, servicing or repairing the equipment. Always keep
hands, feet, hair and clothing away from moving parts. Do
not wear loose clothing, jewelry or other items that could
entangle with levers and/or linkages.
ZIL10FCRB843AAA 4
• Before operating the machine ensure that all safety

guards are installed. Ensure all PTO. guards are
correctly installed and are restrained with all chains
provided.
• Do not attempt to operate or manoeuvre the baler,
unless sitting in the tractor seat.
ZIL10FCRB733AAA 5
2-5
• Never allow anyone to ride on the machine or the

tractor.
ZIL10FCRB734AAA 6
• Always stop the tractor engine and wait until the ma-
chine has stopped completely before attempting to
clean, lubricate or carry out adjustments. To pre-
vent accidental starting of the machine, disengage
the PTO. drive, remove the tractor ignition key and
apply the handbrake before getting off the tractor.
Turn the power off on control instruments in the trac-
tor affecting the baler operation.
• Do not enter the area between the tractor wheels
and the machine when the tractor engine is running.
• Never attempt to clear crop or other foreign matter
from the pickup or other parts of the machine whilst
the machine is running. Such an imprudence could
cost you your life or limb. In the event of a blockage,
always disengage the PTO, switch off the tractor en-
gine and apply the handbrake first.
Typical hazard areas are the driveline, the pickup,
the bale chamber bar and chain conveyor, and the
twine and roll wrapper mechanisms.
• When towing a loaded machine in the field or on farm
roads, keep the towing speed down to 10 km/h.
• Before transporting the machine, raise the pickup
to the high position and support it mechanically per
instructions in this manual.
• Do not make tight turns with the PTO. under a heavy
load to avoid damaging the PTO. joints and trans-
mission shaft.
• Avoid taking corners at high speed.
• Always operate the baler at safe speed in accor-
dance with the type of ground. On uneven ground,
proceed with the utmost caution to ensure proper
stability.
• When operating on gradients do not drive too fast,
especially when turning.
2-6
• Use extreme caution when operating with the wheels

close to the edge of a ditch or a steeply dropping
embankment.
ZIL10FCRB743AAA 7
• Keep hands, feet and/or garments away from mov-

ing parts.
Check that all transmission parts are correctly
guarded.
ZIL10FCRB737AAA 8
• Never travel at speed in crowded areas.

• Always remove the ignition key from the tractor when
leaving it unattended.
• Always make sure that the area behind the machine
is clear before opening the tailgate.
ZIL10FCRB736AAA 9
• Make sure that the baler is in good working condition

and regularly maintained.
• Never unload or store bales where they could roll
down a slope.
• If the bale starts rolling downhill, do not try to stop it.
• Never work with a tractor equipped with a front
loader which is not fitted with safety grapple. Such
a grapple is designed to prevent the bale from run-
ning down the loader lift arms and falling onto the
operator. If using a front loader, always keep the
load close to the ground to prevent tractor instability.
ZIL10FCRB738AAA 10
2-7
Angle of operation
The baler must only be used by a skilled operator familiar
with all the controls and harvesting techniques on culti-
vated land. The baler should not be operated on inclines
exceeding 30 % 17 °.
WARNING: Round bales are heavy and may roll on in-
clines, do not try to stop a rolling bale.
ZIL10FCRB837AAA 11
Baler maintenance
• Follow the maintenance schedule with regard to the
machine servicing intervals. Remember that the ma-
chine requires attention from time to time. Also re-
member that the time taken on maintenance will
greatly extend the life of your machine.
• Replace stiff or worn bearings before they fail. Keep
the conveyor bars straight at all times. Replace or
straighten bent bars immediately.
• Always chock wheels when parking the baler and
before working on or under the machine.
ZIL10FCRB740AAA 12
• When working on the hydraulic system, always en-

sure that the system is not under pressure before
disconnecting pipes and/or hoses.
• Whenever working on the machine with the tailgate
open, always engage the tailgate lock‐out valve
lever.
• Oil escaping under pressure could cause serious in-
jury. When tracing oil leaks, always protect your-
self from accidents by wearing shields, goggles and
gloves.
• To protect the alternator and the battery of the trac-
tor, always detach the baler from the tractor before
carrying out any welding work on the machine or
working on electrical components.
2-8
Fire extinguisher
DANGER
Fire hazard!
Always have a fire extinguisher on or near
the machine. Keep the fire extinguisher in
good condition through routine maintenance
and service according to the manufacturer's
instructions.
Failure to comply will result in death or serious
injury.
D0006A
ATTENTION: Avoid a fire hazard by keeping the machine

perfectly clean. Cleaning of chains and rollers must be
performed at least once a day or after each period of use. FIRE 13
WARNING
Fire hazard! Crop materials are flammable and
present a high risk of fire.
Frequently remove accumulated crop or wrap-
ping material from the machine. Inspect the
machine for oil leaks and overheated bearings
or other moving parts. Immediately service the
machine when required; DO NOT continue to
use machine until service is complete.
ous injury.
W0392A
ZIL10FCRB741AAA 14
Should a fire occur, then first observe your personal safety

and that of other people. Only if it is safe to do so, try to
extinguish the fire.
Proceed as follows:
1. Move tractor and baler upwind as far as possible
from flammable material.
2. Eject the bale immediately, making sure the bale will
not roll away.
3. Close the tailgate. Never stand under the raised
tailgate, even not when it is locked with the tailgate
lock‐out valve.
4. Use the fire extinguisher or pressurized water supply
to put out any fire.
2-9
Safety decals [25716073]

Safety decals
Safety decals are placed on your machine as a guide for
your safety. Walk around the machine and note the con-
tent and location of these decals before operating your
machine.
Following is a listing of Safety Decals with part numbers

and locations. Read and understand them before operat-
ing the machine.
Decal inspection and maintenance

1. Cleaning decals.
• Keep decals clean and legible.
• Use a soft cloth, water, and a gentle detergent.
• Do not use solvent, gasoline, and other harsh
chemicals which may damage or remove the
decals.
2. Replace all decals that are damaged, missing,

painted over or illegible. Refer to your dealer for
replacement decals.
3. If a decal is on a part that is replaced, make sure the

decal is installed on the new part.
ZIL10FCRB017FAA 1
2 - 10
Decal 1
WARNING
Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off
the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all
movement to stop before leaving the operator's
position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean, or un-
plug machine with the engine running.
ous injury.
W0227A
Never reach into the rotating auger.

ZIL10FCRB157AAA 2
Never attempt to unplug the pickup while the tractor en-

gine is running. Injury or death can result from catching
or entanglement.
Decal 2
Carefully read the baler operators manual before operat-
ing the baler.
ZIL10FCRB155AAA 3
Decal 3
WARNING
Crushing hazard!
Use caution when backing the towing unit up
to the hitch. Have all persons in clear view be-
fore you start to back up. Always take the tow-
ing unit out of gear and set the parking brake
before anyone goes behind the towing unit to
check the hitch alignment.
ous injury.
W0961A
ZIL10FCRB160AAA 4
Ensure people and animals are clear of the baler articula-
tion area when engine is running.
Use wheel chocks to immobilize the baler when parked.
2 - 11
Decal 4
WARNING
ous injury.
W0227A
ZIL10FCRB158AAA 5
Decal 5
Carefully read the baler operator's manual before operat-
ing the baler.
ZIL10FCRB155AAA 6
Decal 6
Keep all safety guards in place. Stand clear from all mov-
ing parts.
Do not open or remove safety guards while the tractor

engine is running.
Do not reach through inspection doors while the tractor is

running.
Wait until all parts have stopped before carrying out any
maintenance work on the baler.
ZIL10FCRB156AAA 7
Decal 7
DANGER
Crush hazard! The tailgate may close faster
than you can move away.
ALWAYS make sure the tailgate lockout valves
are in the OFF (locked) position before work-
ing under a raised tailgate. In the event of a
sudden loss of hydraulic pressure, the tailgate
will fall if the lockout valves are not engaged.
Stand clear of the tailgate before disengaging
the lockout valves.
injury. ZIL10FCRB150AAA 8
D0002A
Position (1), lever horizontal: tailgate is locked.

Position (2), lever vertical: tailgate is unlocked.
2 - 12
Decal 8
On machines delivered to Italy, Spain, Portugal and
Switzerland this decal is fitted and identifies that the
machine has a hand brake and how to operate.
ZIL10FCRB161AAA 9
Decal 9
NOTE: The indicated tyre pressures are minimum pres-
sures for a speed on public roads of maximum 40 km/h.
Never exceed the legally authorised maximum speed in
your country.
Never drive faster than field / road conditions allow.
ZIL10FCRB163AAA 10
Decal 10
WARNING
The Power Take-Off (PTO) guard must be in
place for most operations to prevent death or
injury while the PTO is operating. When attach-
ments like pumps are attached to the PTO –
where the guard is moved upward or removed
– shielding equal to the PTO guard must be in-
stalled with the attachment.
ous injury.
W0319A
ZIL10FCRB165AAA 11
This decal is located on the telescoping shaft of the PTO.

It warns the operator not to operate the baler with the PTO.
guards missing.
Decal 11
WARNING
Power Take-Off (PTO) driven machinery can
cause serious injury. Before working on or
near the PTO shaft, or servicing or clearing
the driven machine, put the PTO switch in the
disengage position and stop the engine.
ous injury.
W0321A
ZIL10FCRB185AAA 12
2 - 13
Decal 12
DANGER
the lockout valves.
injury. ZIL10FCRB169AAA 13
D0002A
Decal 13
Only use the indicated places on the baler axle(s) to lift up
the machine using a lifting jack.
ZIL10FCRB250AAA 14
Decal 14
This decal indicates that the machine axle and wheel as-
sembly is designed for a maximum of 40 km/h transport
speed on good public road.
This decal is not a substitute for the speed regulation signs

imposed by law.
Check with your dealer to equip your machine with the ap-
propriate additional speed regulation signs in accordance
with road traffic regulations in your country.
ZIL10FCRB201AAA 15
Decal 15
DANGER
Crushing hazard!
Make sure the area surrounding the tailgate is
clear of all persons and domestic animals be-
fore opening or closing the tailgate.
injury.
D0034A
ZIL10FCRB167AAA 16
2 - 14
Decal 16
For moving the baler with heavy handling equipment, sling
the cables on the four hooks on top of the baler where the
decals are located.
ZIL10FCRB002AAA 17
Use the tie‐down rings indicated to secure the machine

prior to transport on a trailer.
ZIL10FCRB162AAA 18
Do not use pressure washers on the baler where this de-

cal is applied as water damage to the components may
result.
ZIL10FCRB164AAA 19
Beware of entrapment areas.
ZIL10FCRB159AAA 20
2 - 15
Safety Features [25716851]

Safety guards
WARNING
Illustrations in this manual may show protec-
tive shielding open or removed to better illus-
trate a particular feature or adjustment.
Replace all shields before operating the ma-
chine.
ous injury.
W0012A
WARNING
Moving parts!
Make sure all entry and mechanical access
doors are properly closed before operating the
machine.
ous injury.
W0238A
Safety guards
For safety reasons, in line with European Directives,
hinged guards are provided with special latches engaging
automatically when the guard is closed. The guards can
be opened using a screwdriver.
Keep the guards closed when the machine is in operation.
Replace defective latches immediately.
To open this front guard, turn the latch (1), move the guard
a little forward, then lift it up.
ZIL10FCRB092AAA 1
.
The main side guards are provided with an automatic latch
(1). They swing open.
Stand clear, they have spring‐load assist to open.
ZIL10FCRB805AAA 2
2 - 16
Pick-up guards have a half twist locking device (where

fitted) for access.
ZIL10FCRB717AAA 3
PTO shaft support

The PTO shaft support (1) is designed to support the PTO
shaft when the baler is parked.
ATTENTION: The baler must not be operated or trans-
ported with the PTO shaft resting on the support.
ZIL10FCRB093AAA 4
PTO instruction booklet

A booklet (1) with specific PTO safety instructions is at-
tached to the PTO shaft when the baler is originally sup-
plied to you. Retrieve the booklet, read, understand and
keep it with this manual for future reference.
ZIL10FCRB804AAA 5
Wheel chocks (where fitted)

The baler maybe equipped with wheel chocks (1) stored
on the tailgate side panels. Use these wheel chocks
whenever the machine is parked or uncoupled from the
tractor.
Place them at the lower side of the left and right tyre to
immobilize your baler if it is left on sloping ground.
Place a wheel chock on both sides of one tyre if the ground
is flat.
ZIL10FCRB718AAA 6
2 - 17
Service steps
NOTICE: The machine has no service steps, there will
normally be no need to step onto the machine.
Should any situation require to get up to upper machine
components, use safe and stable steps or a ladder struc-
ture.
Tailgate [26071003]
Tailgate lock
DANGER
the lockout valves.
injury.
D0002A
Engage the tailgate lock before working under or around

the tailgate in the raised position. Stand clear before un-
locking the tailgate lock.
1: Lever vertical: tailgate is unlocked.
2: Lever horizontal: tailgate is locked.
ZIL10FCRB638AAA 1
2 - 18
3 - CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS
Monitor Operation
Baler Operator Controls [25783688]
BSE2656A 1
Operator panel description

The Bale Command Plus™ monitor system on this machine operates as standard in the net‐plastic wrap mode. Twine
wrap is available as an accessory. If twine wrap is being installed, then activate the twine wrap mode as described in
the paragraph activating the optional twine wrap function.
General information operator that the key depression was recognized by the
operator panel.
Figure 1, shows the front view of the operator panel. The system has a permanent memory and retains all pro-
The panel display (1) contains various symbols and num- grammed wrap patterns and baling parameters, until pur-
bers that appear during operation. When the panel is posely changed by the operator.
turned off, the display is blank When switched off and back on again, the system will
Touch‐sensitive keys (3) are located on the lower and recall exactly the same programmes and parameters, as
right side of the panel. Each is marked with a symbol well as return into the same mode of operation as it was
indicating its function. in when last turned off.
Any time a key is depressed, the audible and visual
alarms (2) and (4) will pulse for 1/20 second to alert the
3-1
Following is a description of the function of all the ele- Plus key, to increase several preset
ments on the operator panel. values, such as bale density, number
of end wraps, etc.
Power ON/OFF switch. EXTEND key, to extend the wrap

actuator.
BALES key, to display the daily and MINUS key, to decrease several
total bale count. preset values, such as bale density,
number of end wraps, etc.
CLEAR key, to stop the alarm (audible
RETRACT key, to retract the wrap
and visual).
actuator.
AUTO/MAN key, to select either
automatic or manual mode of BALE DENSITY key, to preset the
operation. desired bale density.
NET/PLASTIC/TWINE/WRAP key, to
select either net/plastic or twine wrap
Cutter ON/OFF switch.
mode of operation. (This only if the
optional TWINE wrap mode has been
activated). WRAPS key, to preset the wrap
parameters.
Cutter RETRACT key, to retract the
Cutter actuator.
Cutter EXTEND key, to extend the
WRAP key, to initiate a wrap cycle Cutter actuator.
whenever the operator desires, or
to restart a wrap cycle if, for any OPEN BOOK symbol key, to place
reason, the automatic cycle was not the controller in the "SETUP AND
completed. DIAGNOSTIC" mode.
3-2
Liquid crystal display

The centre digits (1) in the display form the desired infor-
mation.
The two segmented vertical bargraphs (2) on the

right‐hand side of the display form the bale shape indica-
tor.
This indicator is provided to assist the operator to fill the

bale evenly.
The pointers (3) in the display indicate the status and po-
sition of various components of the baler and wrapper.
ZIL10FCRB184AAA 2
These pointers can be either continuously illuminated or
flashing intermittently. The information they provide is
very important for understanding the position and status
of the different components during the baling, wrapping
and unloading process. At the same time, they indicate
the problem area in case of a machine malfunction.
Pointer symbols
A solid "auto" pointer indicates A solid "tailgate" pointer indicates
the controller is in the automatic the tailgate is closed and latched.
mode.
A solid "twine wrap" pointer A solid "actuator" pointer
indicates the operator has indicates the wrapper actuator is
selected the twine wrap mode. in the home position.
(Accessory) A solid "cutter" pointer indicates
A solid "man" pointer indicates the Cutter is turned ON, and
the controller is in the manual the Cutter actuator is in the cut
mode. position.
The "full bale" pointer indicates A flashing "cutter" pointer
when the bale has reached the indicates the Cutter is turned ON,
preset density. but the actuator is not in the cut
A solid "net‐plastic wrap" pointer position. The actuator is then in
indicates the operator has the full extend position, home
selected the net wrap mode. position or any other position.
Standard on this machine. When the Cutter is turned OFF,
The "wrap bale" pointer indicates the "cutter" pointer is also turned
a wrap cycle is taking place. off.
The "eject bale" pointer indicates

the baling and wrapping process
has been completed and the bale
should be ejected.
NOTE: The wrap bale indicator applies to NET, PLASTIC WRAP, mode of operation only.
In general, a solid pointer (or a momentarily flashing pointer) indicates a normal operation or status of the function
selected.
Continuously flashing pointers usually indicate a machine fault condition or an operational fault condition (example in
event of error messages), or indicate that the controller is set for "SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC" mode. The flashing
pointer points at the machine component or function concerned.
3-3
European/American display environment

The Bale Command Plus™ monitor system provides two slightly different display modes, called the European and
American display environment. The difference just applies to the way of displaying some messages, and does not
influence the operational and/or diagnostic functions of the Bale Command Plus™ monitor system. To select either
European or American display environment.
Below and further in this manual are some examples of differences in message display, depending on the selection
made by the operator.
Error message
1. European Display
2. North American Display
ZIL10FCRB203AAA 3
Bale shape alarm ON/OFF selection (in the SETUP AND

DIAGNOSTIC mode)
1. European Display
ZIL10FCRB213AAA 4
1. European Display
ZIL10FCRB168AAA 5
3-4
Key and system operation

ON/OFF Key
As a result of pressing the ON/OFF key for 2 s, all pointers
and digits will light up for 2 s.
The audible and visual alarm will sound and light up re-
spectively for 2 s. This allows the operator to see that the
operator panel is in full operating condition (panel check).
Following the operator panel check, the baler model will

appear on the display.
After model number, the display will show the actual bale
density, which is 0 (zero) for an empty bale chamber.
ZIL10FCRB044AAA 6
The "tailgate", "auto" OR "man", "actuator" and "twine

wrap" OR "net‐plastic wrap" pointer will be on solid, in-
dicating:
• The tailgate is closed and latched.

• The controller is set for automatic operation or man-
ual operation.
• The wrapper actuator is in the home position.
• The system is either in the net‐plastic wrap mode or
in the twine wrap (accessory) mode.
At this time the left and right bottom segments of the bale
shape indicator will be flashing. ZIL10FCRB003AAA 7
This is the "ready to bale" status, meaning the system is

ready to start a bale. If this status does not appear after
pressing the ON/OFF key, the machine is not in the "ready
to bale" state. Check the home position of the various
components.
Example: The tailgate is closed but not latched. This will
cause the alarm to sound and the "tailgate" pointer will be
flashing. For further details, refer to Fault Finding Section.
ZIL10FCRB004AAA 8
3-5
AUTO/MAN key
Each time this key is pressed, the display will toggle be-
tween the automatic or the manual operating mode, illu-
minating either the "auto" pointer or the "man" pointer.
In the AUTOMATIC mode, the wrap cycle will be auto-

matically initiated and completed following a full bale sig-
nal. If equipped with the Cutter option, the cutter cycle will
be automatically initiated and completed during the bale
forming process.
ZIL10FCRB172AAA 9
In the MANUAL mode, the operator must control the ex-

tend and retract keys of the wrapper actuator and the Cut-
ter actuator.
Pressing the AUTO/MAN key during an automatic wrap

and/or cutter cycle will stop this cycle. In case of a wrap
cycle, an error message will appear on the display, the
alarm will sound and the "wrap bale" pointer and the "ac-
tuator" pointer, or the "cutter" pointer will be flashing.
For further action, refer to Fault Finding Section.
ZIL10FCRB005AAA 10
NET PLASTIC/TWINE WRAP key (net‐‐plastic

wrap standard)
Each time this key is pressed, the display will toggle
between the NET WRAP mode of operation and the
TWINE WRAP mode of operation, illuminating either the
"net wrap" pointer or the "twine wrap" pointer (if twine
wrap is installed, accessory).
ZIL10FCRB233AAA 11
3-6
BALES key
Pressing the BALES key once will display the daily bale
count for 2 s. Pressing and holding the key will display
the daily bale count as long as the key is pressed.
ZIL10FCRB179AAA 12
Pressing the BALES key twice (within 2 s) will display the

total bale count for 2 s. Pressing and holding the key the
second time will display the total bale count as long as the
key is held pressed
ZIL10FCRB178AAA 13
To clear the daily bale count, press and hold the BALES
key, then press the CLEAR key. The total bale count can
not be reset to zero by the operator.
ZIL10FCRB180AAA 14
CLEAR key
Pressing this key clears error messages and the audible
alarm after a fault condition.
Used in conjunction with the BALES key, the daily bale

count will be cleared.
ZIL10FCRB196AAA 15
3-7
WRAP key
Pressing and holding the WRAP key for 2 s will initiate a
wrap cycle whenever the operator desires so. When the
cycle starts, the alarm will sound for 3 s.
The key is also used to restart an interrupted wrap cycle.

NOTE: The controller must be in the AUTOMATIC mode
of operation. If not, the alarm will sound but the cycle will
not start.
For successful net wrapping, the actual bale density
should be at least 6-8, for the net to be picked up. For
twine wrapping, an actual bale density of at least 8-10 is
needed.
NOTICE: Only twine wrapping if installed (accessory) If ZIL10FCRB238AAA 16
this key is pressed during a twine wrapping cycle, the cy-
cle restarts again after retracting all wrapper components
first.
EXTEND key
This key applies both to twine and net wrap actuators. The
Cutter actuator has a separate key.
In NET WRAP mode, the duckbill moves towards the bale

to feed the net or twine (accessory).
In TWINE WRAP mode, if installed the twine arms drop

down and pull the twine tails out of the twine stop and
clamp devices.
Pressing the EXTEND key will extend the selected actu-

ator, both in AUTOMATIC and in MANUAL mode of oper-
ation.
ZIL10FCRB204AAA 17
The EXTEND key is disabled during an automatic Cutter
cycle. This means that the twine or net actuator cannot
be extended while the Cutter actuator is moving.
Pressing the EXTEND key during an automatic wrap cycle

will stop this cycle. An error message will appear on the
display, the alarm will sound and the "wrap bale" pointer
will be flashing.
ZIL10FCRB205AAA 18
3-8
The EXTEND key is connected to possible actuator fault

condition messages:
Er 1: Actuator stalled condition

An Er 1 error code will appear on the display when the ac-
tuator stalls for 5 s and the alarm will sound. The actuator
will be locked out for 10 s to prevent overheating of the
system components.
ZIL10FCRB206AAA 19
RETRACT key
This key applies both to twine (if installed) and net‐plastic
wrap actuators. The Cutter actuator has a separate key.
In TWINE WRAP mode of operation, the twine arms move

to the home position (if twine wrap is installed) accessory.
In NET WRAP mode of operation the duckbill moves to

the home position.
Pressing the RETRACT key will retract the selected actu-

ator, both in AUTOMATIC and MANUAL mode of opera-
tion.
When the RETRACT key is pressed during an automatic

ZIL10FCRB227AAA 20
wrap cycle, this cycle will be interrupted. An error mes-
sage will appear on the display, the alarm will sound and
the "wrap bale" pointer will be flashing.
For further action, refer to Fault Finding Section.

The RETRACT key is connected to possible actuator fault
condition messages:
Er 1: Actuator stalled condition

An Er 1 error code will appear on the display when the
actuator stalls for 5 s, and the alarm will sound. The ac-
tuator will be locked out for 10 s to prevent overheating of
the system components.
For further action following these error messages, refer to

Fault Finding section.
ZIL10FCRB228AAA 21
3-9
BALE DENSITY key

Pressing this key will display the preset full bale density
(e.g. 40 %) for 2 s or as long as the key is held pressed.
ZIL10FCRB173AAA 22
To increase the desired bale density, press and hold the

BALE DENSITY key. Then press the "+" key.
ZIL10FCRB174AAA 23
To decrease the desired bale density, press and hold the

BALE DENSITY key. Then press the "-" key.
The operator can change the full bale density in 10 %

steps, from 10 % (minimum) to 100 % (maximum) density.
ZIL10FCRB175AAA 24
WRAPS key
Relates to both TWINE if installed and NET‐PLASTIC
WRAP operations.
ZIL10FCRB245AAA 25
3 - 10
For selected NET WRAP operation (standard):
The WRAPS key displays the preset number of wraps for

2 s, or as long as the key is held pressed.
Example:
2.25 indicates two and a quarter wraps will be put around

the bale; this is the recommended number of wraps for
average conditions.
The number of wraps can be adjusted from 1.5 to 6.0 in

quarter (0.25) wrap steps.
ZIL10FCRB246AAA 26
To increase the number of wraps, press and hold the

WRAPS key, then press the "+" key.
ZIL10FCRB241AAA 27
To decrease the number of wraps, press and hold the

WRAPS key, then press the "-" key.
ZIL10FCRB240AAA 28
For selected TWINE WRAP operation, the WRAPS key

has 2 functions (if twine wrap is installed accessory):
1. Twine wrap pattern selection.

2. Selection of the number of end wraps for each pat-
tern.
3. Twine wrap pattern selection. There are 3 fac-
tory‐pre-programmed twine wrap patterns:
• 14 wraps (7 for each twine arm)

ZIL10FCRB234AAA 29
each including 2 starting wraps and standard 2 ending

wraps (for each twine arm).
3 - 11
There is another pattern "PAT 4" available for the operator

to programme himself his own "operator twine wrap pat-
tern".
Pressing the WRAPS key once will display the selected

twine wrap pattern for 2 s or as long as the key is held
pressed, showing the number of pre-programmed wraps
as well as the number of end wraps.
ZIL10FCRB216AAA 30
Example:
14‐2 indicates that pattern 1 is selected with 2 end wraps.
To select the next twine wrap pattern, press and hold the
WRAPS key, then press the "+" key.
ZIL10FCRB241AAA 31
To select the previous twine wrap pattern, press and hold

the WRAPS key, then press the "-" key.
ZIL10FCRB240AAA 32
2. Selection of the number of end wraps
Pressing the WRAPS key twice within 2 s will display the

selected number of end wraps (2 to 4) for 2 s or as long
as the key is held pressed (for the second time).
ZIL10FCRB244AAA 33
3 - 12
To increase the number of end wraps, press the WRAPS

key twice and hold the key the second time, then press
the "+" key.
ZIL10FCRB243AAA 34
To decrease the number of end wraps, press the WRAPS

key twice and hold the key the second time, then press
the "-" key.
NOTE: Each time another twine wrap pattern is selected,
the number of end wraps will be reset to 2. The number
of wraps placed on the bale is based on a tractor PTO.
speed of 540 revs/min. If the PTO. speed is reduced dur-
ing wrapping, the number of wraps will also be reduced.
"PAT 4" or operator programmed twine wrap pattern:
When "PAT 4" is selected for use, but has never been
programmed before, or a programme has been cleared,
automatically the 22 wraps twine pattern will be applied.
To programme or clear "PAT 4", refer to the OPEN BOOK
ZIL10FCRB242AAA 35
key and chapter "Programming an operator twine wrap
pattern". Once programmed, "PAT 4" will automatically
wrap the bale as was programmed by the operator.
PLUS key
Is used in conjunction with the BALE DENSITY, WRAPS
or BUGLE keys to increase the preset values in memory.
The key also allows to alter the settings in the SETUP
AND DIAGNOSTIC mode.
ZIL10FCRB221AAA 36
3 - 13
MINUS key
Is used in conjunction with the BALE DENSITY, WRAPS
or BUGLE keys to decrease the preset values in memory.
The key also allows to alter the settings in the SETUP
AND DIAGNOSTIC mode.
ZIL10FCRB212AAA 37
OPEN BOOK key

Gives access to the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode.
To enter, press and hold for 2 s.
This mode allows:
• Programming operational parameters and functions

(e.g. programming "PAT 4").
• Calibrating variable position sensors (potentiome-
ters and switches).
• Diagnosing problems (troubleshooting).
ZIL10FCRB214AAA 38
This mode contains 20 pages, each one covering the pro-

cedures of programming, calibrating and troubleshooting
a specific function and/or component of the monitor sys-
tem.
Example:
"2‐0" The flashing "2" refers to page 2, the figure (a zero or
any other figure) is the number that determines how thick
a layer of uncut crop will be placed around the bale core.
The higher the number the thicker the uncut layer.
The flashing cutter pointer indicates that the cutter is

turned on but the actuator is not in the cut position. ZIL10FCRB006AAA 39
For further details, refer to chapter cutter operation.
Successively pressing the key passes through all the

pages 1 to 21:
3 - 14
Page and function

1. Programming "PAT 4" see Section Working Opera-
tion if twine wrap is installed (accessory).
2. Cutter machines: Uncut outer layer size (described
in this section)
ZIL10FCRB007AAA 40
Other machines: Buffer zone

3. Buffer zone
4. Bale shape alarm ON/OFF selection (described fur-
ther in this section)
5. Windrow weave frequency selection (described fur-
ther in this section)
6. European/American display environment selection
(described further in this section)
7. Model number selection (described further in this
section)
8. Buffer zone
9. Buffer zone
10. Left density sensor adjustment, calibration and trou-
ble shooting (contact your dealer)
11. Right density sensor adjustment, calibration and
troubleshooting (contact your dealer)
12. Net actuator sensor adjustment, calibration and trou-
bleshooting (contact your dealer)
13. Twine actuator sensor adjustment, calibration and
troubleshooting (contact your dealer)
14. Cutter machines: cutter actuator sensor adjustment,
calibration and troubleshooting (contact your dealer)
OR Other machines: Buffer zone

15. Cutter machines: cutter knife proximity sensor
switch adjustment and troubleshooting. Or Knife
Indicator ON/OFF selection. Or buffer zone if Knife
Indicator is turned off.
NOTE: Refer to Section Lubrication and Mainte-
nance for sensor adjustment.
3 - 15
Other machines: Buffer zone

16. Tailgate switch adjustment and troubleshooting
(contact your dealer)
17. Net-plastic counter roll sensor adjustment and trou-
bleshooting (contact your dealer)
18. Bale shape sensitivity (contact your dealer)
19. Item number (19) not displayed: Software revision
number display (contact your dealer)
20. Item number (20) not displayed: Operator panel dis-
play and key test (contact your dealer)
21. Item number (21) not displayed: Supply voltage
check (contact your dealer)
To exit the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode, press and
hold the key for 2 s. The controller will automatically return
to the field operation mode.
NOTE: Pages 1> 7 and 15 apply to normal operation set-
tings and are described in this manual. Pages 10>14, 16>
21 apply to diagnostic and repair functions and are not
involved in normal operation. For more details on these
pages, contact your dealer.
ZIL10FCRB008AAA 41
Acoustic alarm
To adjust the volume of the acoustic signal, just turn the
knob (1).
WARNING
ous injury.
W0227A
ZIL10FCRB181AAA 42
ATTENTION: When controlling the crop cutter with the
monitor, make sure nobody is working in the pickup area,
as several automatic cutter functions will make the cutter
actuator move
3 - 16
CropCutter™ Cutter key and system opera-

tion
The cutter ON/OFF, CUTTER EXTEND and CUTTER RE-
TRACT keys will only respond if the baler is equipped with
the crop cutter system.
ZIL10FCRB009AAA 43
CropCutter™ Cutter ON/OFF key

Pressing this key turns the power to the cutter system ON
or OFF.
ZIL10FCRB010AAA 44
Turning the cutter system ON

If the controller is in automatic mode when the cutter sys-
tem is turned on, the cutter actuator will automatically ex-
tend to the full extend position and then retract to the cut
position, while the "cutter" pointer is flashing.
ZIL10FCRB009AAA 45
3 - 17
Upon reaching the cut position, the cutter actuator will

stop and the "cutter" pointer will turn on solid. The cut-
ter knives are now cutting the incoming crop.
NOTE: The cutter cannot be turned off during the auto-
matic extend/retract cycle of the cutter actuator. However,
the automatic extend/retract cycle can be interrupted at
any time by pressing the AUTO/MAN key to switch from
automatic to manual mode.
If the controller is in manual mode when the cutter system

is turned on, the cutter actuator will remain in the same
position it was before.
ZIL10FCRB011AAA 46
Turning the cutter system OFF

If the controller is in automatic mode, turning the cutter
system off will retract the cutter actuator to the home po-
sition while the "cutter" pointer is flashing. Upon reaching
the home position, the actuator will stop retracting and the
"cutter" pointer will turn off.
NOTE: The cutter cannot be turned on again while the ac-
tuator is retracting to the home position. However, the ac-
tuator can be stopped at any time by pressing the AUTO/
MAN key to switch from automatic to manual mode.
ZIL10FCRB012AAA 47
If the controller is in manual mode of operation and the

cutter actuator is not in the home position, turning the cut-
ter system off will cause the alarm to sound. An error
message will be displayed and the cutter pointer will be
flashing.
To correct this situation, proceed as follows:
ZIL10FCRB013AAA 48
Press the CLEAR key to clear the alarm and the "cutter"
pointer will be turned off.
NOTICE: The cutter system is now turned off, but the
knives are not in the home position. Therefore, remem-
ber to correct this situation proceeding with the following
steps:
ZIL10FCRB014AAA 49
3 - 18
Press the cutter ON/OFF key to turn the cutter power back
on.
ZIL10FCRB010AAA 50
Press and hold the CUTTER RETRACT key to retract the

cutter actuator manually to the home position.
ZIL10FCRB015AAA 51
off.
ZIL10FCRB010AAA 52
CUTTER EXTENDED key

Pressing this key in manual mode will cause the cutter ac-
tuator to extend, moving the knives in to cut the incoming
crop.
The CUTTER EXTEND key is only active in manual mode,

and is inactive in automatic mode. The key is also inactive
when the cutter system is turned off.
ZIL10FCRB016AAA 53
3 - 19
If the CUTTER EXTEND key is held pressed and the cut-

ter actuator stalls for more than 5 s, the controller will au-
tomatically turn the cutter actuator off for 10 s. The alarm
will sound, the "cutter" pointer will be flashing and the dis-
play will show an "Er 3" error message as long as the cut-
ter actuator is locked out.
For further action following this error situation, refer to

ZIL10FCRB017AAA 54
CUTTER RETRACT key

Pressing this key in manual mode will cause the cutter ac-
tuator to retract, moving the knives to their home position.
The CUTTER RETRACT key is only active in manual

mode, and is inactive in automatic mode. The key is also
inactive when the cutter system is turned off.
ZIL10FCRB018AAA 55
If the CUTTER RETRACT key is held pressed and the

cutter actuator stalls for more than 5 s, the controller will
automatically turn the cutter actuator off for 10 s. The
alarm will sound, the "cutter" pointer will be flashing and
the display will show an "Er 3" error message as long as
the cutter actuator is locked out.

ZIL10FCRB019AAA 56
Knife out off cut position indicator item 15

NOTE: The knife out of cut position indicator will only func-
tion if the cutter actuator is in the cut position and the knife
indicator is turned on.
Press and hold the cutter ON/OFF" key for 2 s to select

the Knife Indicator ON or OFF. The alarm will sound for
one second when a selection is changed.
Buffer zone, if Knife Indicator is turned off. The display

should show "15" flashing at the left of the display and
three dashes on the right side of the display.
OR
ZIL10FCRB020AAA 57
3 - 20
If the Knife Indicator is turned on the display should show

"15" flashing at the left of the display and a "Lo" or "Hi" on
the right side of the display (a "Lo" indicates the sensor is
closed and a "Hi" indicates the sensor is opened).
The "Cutter" pointer should be on solid with the display

showing a "Lo" and flashing with the display showing a
"Hi".
ZIL10FCRB021AAA 58
In normal cutter cutting operation, the cutter actuator is in

the cut (middle) position and knives are in the cut position
(a proximity sensor switch is sensing the knife control arm
cut position). The "Cutter" pointer on the display will be on
solid confirming that the cutter actuator and the knives are
in the cut position.
ZIL10FCRB022AAA 59
With the cutter actuator in the cut position and there is

a crop overload on the knives causing the knives and
the knife control arm to move out of its normal cut po-
sition. The "Cutter" pointer on the display will start flash-
ing as soon as the controller detects the knife control arm
(knives) is out of the cut position.
ZIL10FCRB023AAA 60
3 - 21
If the knife control arm remains out of the cut position for
more than 5 s, an audible alarm will sound and an error
message will appear on the display. The "Cutter" pointer
on the display will also be flashing. Press "Clear" key to
clear the alarm and error message. The alarm and error
message will reset if the knife control arm returns to the
cut position.
If the knife control arm does not return to the cut position,
after clearing the first alarm and error message and 10 s
later there is one more audible alarm and error message
warning reminder to warn the operator that the knives are
still out of the cut position.
ZIL10FCRB024AAA 61
Again, the operator must press "Clear" key to clear the
alarm and error message.
NOTE: No more warnings will appear after this, unless
the knife control arm returns to the cut position to reset
the knife out of cut position indicator. The cutter pointer
remains flashing for as long as the knife control arm is out
of the cut position.
If the knife out of cut position alarm and error message
has not been cleared, pressing the cutter ON/OFF" key
will clear the alarm and error message and, also move the
cutter actuator to home position and turn off the cutter.
Uncut outer layer size selection

On cutter machines, it is possible to select a certain den-
sity setting for the cutter knives to retract before starting
the wrap cycle. This leaves an uncut outer layer of crop
around the cut bale core for improved bale stability and
weathering resistance.
For example:
• Leave a maximum uncut outer layer on twine
wrapped straw bales to improve bale stability and
weathering characteristics.
• On net wrapped silage bales that will be plastic
wrapped afterwards, cut the bale to its outermost
ZIL10FCRB214AAA 62
layer for maximum density and easier feed out.
To select the thickness of the uncut outer layer, proceed

as follows:
Enter the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode.
3 - 22
Press the OPEN BOOK key once more to proceed to page

2. The display will show the uncut outer layer size and the
"cutter" pointer will be flashing. The uncut outer layer size
is defined as a percent of full bale density setting.
Example:
When the uncut outer layer size is set at 6, the Cutter
knives will be withdrawn when the bale density reaches
60 % below full bale density. For a selected full bale den-
sity of 40, the knives will thus be retracted when the bale
reaches a density of 16.
The cutter actuator will remain in the home position dur- ZIL10FCRB025AAA 63
ing the wrap cycle. When the tailgate switch is opened for
bale ejection, the cutter actuator will extend to the full ex-
tend position and retract to the cut position automatically.
NOTE: On machines not equipped with the cutter option,
page 2 of the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode is empty
and the display will show three dashes.
ZIL10FCRB026AAA 64
To select the uncut outer layer size, press the "+" or the
"-" key. Uncut outer layer sizes available are from 0 to 9
in steps of 1.
ZIL10FCRB027AAA 65
The higher the number 0 to 9, the more of uncut crop will

be placed around the cut bale core.
If 0 is selected, the cutter knives will remain in the cut

position all the time to cut the bale up to its outermost
layer.
For the same uncut outer layer size setting, the real uncut
layer thickness on the ejected bale will be highly depen-
dent on crop conditions, windrow feed rate and windrow
size. Approximately, the uncut layer size can be altered
from 0 cm (uncut layer size setting 0) to 20 - 25 cm (uncut
layer size setting 9).
ZIL10FCRB028AAA 66
3 - 23
Exit the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode.
ZIL10FCRB214AAA 67
Additional automatic functions and safety

interlocks
1. If the cutter actuator is left dwelling in the full extend
position for more than 10 s, the alarm will sound, the
"cutter" pointer will be flashing and an error message
will appear on the display to warn the operator that
the cutter actuator is out of position. For further ac-
tion following this error situation, refer to Fault Find-
ing section.
2. If, in automatic mode, the cutter actuator was moved
away from the cut position (during setup, fault condi-
tion, actuator drift, etc), opening and closing the tail-
gate will cause the cutter actuator to extend to the
full extend position and then retract to the cut posi-
tion.
ZIL10FCRB029AAA 68
3. The cutter actuator will stop moving if:
• It does not extend to the full extend position in 15 s,

or
• It does not retract to the cut position in 7 s, or
• It does not retract to the home position in 10 s.
In all cases, the alarm will sound, the "cutter" pointer will
be flashing and an error message will appear on the dis-
play.

ZIL10FCRB048AAA 69
3 - 24
4. With the cutter power turned ON, pressing the

AUTO/MAN key to switch the controller from manual
to automatic mode will cause the cutter actuator to
extend to the full extend position and then retract to
the cut position.
5. If the tailgate is open and the cutter power is turned
on in automatic mode, the knives will not automat-
ically extend/retract to the "cut" position. To move
the cutter actuator with the tailgate open, switch to
MANUAL mode of operation and use the CUTTER
EXTEND and CUTTER RETRACT key.
NOTICE: If the tailgate is closed later on, the knives
will then insert automatically. ZIL10FCRB030AAA 70
6. If the tailgate is open and the cutter power is turned

off in automatic mode, the knives will not automat-
ically retract to the "home" position. Instead, the
alarm will sound and an error message will appear
on the display.
To correct this situation, proceed as follows:
Press the CLEAR key to clear the alarm and the "cutter"
pointer will be turned off.
NOTICE: The cutter system is now turned off, but the
knives are still not in the home position.
Therefore, remember to correct this situation proceeding

with the following steps:
ZIL10FCRB014AAA 71
on.
ZIL10FCRB010AAA 72
3 - 25
Change to manual mode of operation.
ZIL10FCRB031AAA 73
Press and hold the CUTTER RETRACT key to retract the

cutter actuator manually to the home position.
ZIL10FCRB015AAA 74
off.
ZIL10FCRB010AAA 75
Bale shape indicator operation

General information
The bale shape indicator on the right side of the display is
provided to assist the operator in filling the bale evenly.
It consists of two vertical bar graphs, each with nine seg-

ments. Each segment represents 10% of the selected full
bale density value. When starting to make a bale, the left
and right bottom segment of the bar graph will be flash-
ing. Once the empty bale chamber is filled up, the bale
will start exerting force on the tailgate, which will slightly
open. This is measured by the left and right‐hand side
bale density sensors.
ZIL10FCRB032AAA 76
3 - 26
As a result of this, the first, second, third, etc, segment on

the display will illuminate successively, in function of the
sensor's span. The height of the bar graphs will further
depend on windrow and crop conditions, and the opera-
tor's technique of filling both ends evenly
When baling, the objective is to keep the two bar graphs

balanced for a uniform bale. If an uneven bale shape
occurs and the difference between left and right bar graph
reaches a preset number of segments, the alarm will
sound (2 beeps) and the lower bar graph will be flashing
to alert the operator to fill the low side of the bale. If
this situation remains for more than 10 s, the alarm will
sound continuously with short beeps until the uneven ZIL10FCRB033AAA 77
bale shape condition is corrected.
Depending on windrow and crop conditions, the operator

can alter settings:
• Bale shape alarm ON or OFF: in heavy, full pickup

width windrows the operator may prefer to turn the
alarm OFF.
• Bale shape weaving frequency: this is the difference
in number of segments between left and right bar
graph it will take the bale shape alarm to come on. In
other words, it will determine the frequency of weav-
ing to fill the bale evenly.
To change these settings, enter the SETUP AND
DIAGNOSTIC mode.
Bale shape alarm ON/OFF selection

ZIL10FCRB214AAA 78
Successively press this key until page 4 appears.
The display shows the status of the bale shape alarm:
• ON or OFF in the American display environment

• 1 (for ON) or 0 (for OFF) in the European display
environment
The bottom segments of the bar graph will be flashing.
ZIL10FCRB034AAA 79
3 - 27
To toggle between alarm ON or OFF, press the "+" key.
ZIL10FCRB221AAA 80
ZIL10FCRB007AAA 81
Setting the frequency of weaving

ZIL10FCRB214AAA 82
Successively press this key until page 5 appears.
The display shows the weave frequency value.
The weave frequency value is the difference in number of

segments between left and right bar graph at which the
bale shape alarm will sound (in normal operating mode).
ZIL10FCRB035AAA 83
3 - 28
Example:
When the weave frequency value is set at 30 (in the
SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode), the three left and
right bar graph segments will be flashing. This means
that, after returning to the NORMAL OPERATION mode
and starting to bale, the bale shape alarm will sound each
time the difference in bar graph segments between left
and right reaches three segments. At this time, the lower
bar graph will be flashing until the uneven bale shape
condition is corrected by the operator.
The weave frequency values available are: 20, 30, 40, 50

and 60.
ZIL10FCRB036AAA 84
Recommended: 20 for small windrows

40 for large windrows
30 for average windrows
Picture shows display in normal operation
ZIL10FCRB037AAA 85
To select the desired weave frequency value, press the

"+" or the "-" key.
ZIL10FCRB027AAA 86
ZIL10FCRB214AAA 87
3 - 29
European/American display selection

ZIL10FCRB214AAA 88
Successively press the OPEN BOOK key until page 6 ap-

pears, showing the selected display environment ("Eur"
for European, "USA" for American display).
ZIL10FCRB038AAA 89
To select the desired display environment, press the "+"

or the "-" key.
ZIL10FCRB039AAA 90
ZIL10FCRB214AAA 91
3 - 30
Model number selection

ZIL10FCRB214AAA 92
Successively press the OPEN BOOK key until page 7 ap-

pears, showing the selected model number.
ZIL10FCRB040AAA 93
To select the corresponding model number, press the "+"

or the "-" key.
ZIL10FCRB041AAA 94
ZIL10FCRB214AAA 95
3 - 31
Activating the optional twine wrap function

if the twine wrap kit is installed (accessory)
Enter the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode
The display shows a flashing "1" and three dashes.
This indicates that the controller is in the "NET‐PLASTIC

ONLY" mode.
ZIL10FCRB042AAA 96
Press and hold the NET‐PLASTIC/TWINE key for 2 s.
The alarm will sound that the twine wrapper programme

has been activated.
The display shows a flashing "1" and a number on the

right side of the display.
The twine pointer should be on and the WRAP BALE

pointer should be flashing.
All desired twine wrap programmes can be set.
ZIL10FCRB043AAA 97
ZIL10FCRB214AAA 98
3 - 32
Monitor quick view

Press the open book key to cycle to a particular mode.
Mode Function configuration Information conditions - Change adjust with Save next step with
operators display
1 Select configuration A Net A Three dashes B
wrapping B (*) Twine/net Flashing 1 and wrap
wrapping bale pointer flashing
(*) Programming PAT 4 Custom twine wrapping
patterns
2 Uncut outer layer Flashing 2 with a number
between 0 (no uncut
layer) and 9 ( 20 - 25 cm)
uncut layer
3 Buffer zone Buffer zone
4 Bale shape alarm on/off Bottom bale shape bars
flashing and 1 (alarm on)
or 0 (alarm off)
5 Frequency of weaving Flashing 5 with a number
setting between 20 (alarm
sounds with difference
of 2 segments) and 60
(difference of 6 segments)
6 Standard / metric Flashing 8 and USA
configuration (standard) or EUR (metric)
7 Model number Flashing 9 and model
configuration number
10/11 10 Bale density sensor A. Close tailgate fully Rotate potentiometer
left hand side. (empty position). Flashing Switch
10 with a number between between 10 and 11
15 and 40.
11 Bale density sensor left Flashing 11 with a number Rotate potentiometer
hand side. between 15 and 40.
Open tailgate and place Hydraulic control from
two 40 mm spacers on the tractor
density feeler rods. Close Switch
the tailgate until against between 10 and 11
spacers (full position).
Flashing 11 with a number
between 150 and 249.
12 Net wrap actuator Actuator fully extended Rotate potentiometer

potentiometer adjustment (insert position), flashing
and calibration 12 with a number between
20 and 30.
Retract actuator so 2 mm
between knife and knife
guide (precut position).
between 76 and 85.
Actuator fully retracted
(home position), flashing
12 with a number between
160 and 249.
3 - 33
operators display
13 A. Twine wrap actuator Actuator fully extended Rotate potentiometer
potentiometer adjustment (insert position), flashing
and calibration. 12 with a number between
B. Buffer zone in net only 20 and 30
configuration
Actuator fully retracted
(home position), flashing
160 and 249.
14 Cutter actuator Actuator fully retracted Rotate potentiometer
adjustment and calibration (home position), flashing
20 and 30.
Actuator fully extended,
flashing 14 with a number
Retract actuator so 2 mm
gap between knife break Or place cutter
away link and knife control in the desired position
arm bolt (cut position),
flashing 14 with number
between 70 and 140.
15 Knife out indication sensor A. Flashing 15 with three
dashes (knife indication)
sensor off
B. Flashing 15 with lo
(metal in front of sensor),
or hi (metal away from
sensor) Gap 3 - 7 mm.
16 Tailgate switch adjustment Flashing 16 with Lo (both Manually close one
switches closed) or Hi switch, then close both
(one switch open) switches
17 Net counter roll sensor Flashing 17 with Lo Rotate counter wheel
testing (magnet in front of sensor) (magnet) in front and
or Hi (magnet away from away from the sensor
sensor), sensor gap 1.5 face.
mm
18 Bale shape sensitivity Flashing 18 with a number
between 2 (slow) and 50
(fast)
19 Software version level O is operator's panel. C
is electronic control unit,
versions are on right of
display
20 Operator panel display Automatically test the
and key test operator's panel display
segments, then five
dashes, press all keys
then pass displayed.
3 - 34
operators display
21 Battery voltage test Battery supply voltage to
the electronic control Unit
on display.
Enable twine wrapper
actuator, monitor voltage.
Enable net wrapper
actuator, monitor voltage.
Enable Cutter actuator,
monitor voltage.
Lowest voltage captured
during test.
Highest voltage captured
during test
3 - 35
3 - 36
4 - OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT
Machine safety [25785854]

Safety - Shut down tractor 2.
It is of the utmost importance to shut down the tractor PTO Software

and engine, when doing an intervention on the baler.
Some functions of your baler are controlled by soft-
This is by far the safest practice. If and despite of this ware and some of them are safety related. Do not at-
warning, you will proceed without shutting off the tractor tempt to modify or download software from spurious
PTO. and/or the tractor engine, it is of vital interest to lock sources. Settings and logics may be destroyed and
out the automatic triggered devices on your baler. affect seriously the function of the machine. This
may result in unpredictable and unsafe behaviour of
There are locking systems on the baler, refer to Safety the machine. Only your dealer is entitled to inter-
section. vene on the software of the machine. He has the
appropriate tools and data sets for it and owns the
Failing to use these locking devices while intervening on a officially released software versions and updates for
running baler, may cause fatal injury when above systems your machine.
are inadvertently triggered (e.g. when the system is at the
point of being triggered). 3.
ATTENTION: The following statements are identified to Safety functions

draw the attention of the operators to their machine and
surroundings, read these statements before starting any Your baler is equipped with a number of sensors to
baler operations. control safety functions.
1. Do not attempt to bypass any function. You will be

exposed to serious hazards, and moreover, the be-
Intended use and reasonable foreseeable misuse haviour of the machine may become unpredictable
when messing up wires.
Your baler is designed and made to work in a vari-
ety of crops and conditions and within some physi- 4.
cal limits. The feed rate and performance may de-
pend on a number of limitative parameters, such as Bystanders
weather and terrain conditions, crop variety and hu-
midity. Though the machine is designed to perform You shall take the necessary precautions (e.g. as-
in most crops and conditions, there may be a num- sistance) to always be aware of the possible pres-
ber of combinations of above parameters, for which ence of bystanders, certainly when manoeuvring in
there is severe degradation of performance of the confined areas, such as the farm yard and sheds.
machine or systems thereof. If you notice degrada-
tion of performance, contact your dealer for assis- Keep people away from the baler during field work.
tance. He may have useful information for improve- Ask bystanders to leave the field. There is the risk
ments, or a kit may be available to enhance the per- to be overrun by the machine, in particular when
formance. reversing.
Do not use your machine for another purpose than Do not allow riders on the machine; do not allow
intended by the manufacturer and within its limits (*). people standing on the machine when baling. A
* limits of the machine: rider risks to fall from the machine during unforeseen
* side slope: % or abrupt movements of the combination tractor -
* tractor properties: power, traction performance baler.
* maximum throughput: variable, depending of crop, 5.
variety, maturity, humidity
* maximum baling speed: variable, depending of Other requirements: scope of this manual
crop, variety, maturity, humidity, grain losses, tractor
engine power and power transmission Clear distinction between the different phases of
* mobility: variable, soil condition. machine use (and the corresponding level of train-
ing needed) shall be part of the introduction:
4-1
This manual gives information for use of this baler, may be a need for appropriate facilities, technical
as intended and under the conditions foreseen by skills and tools which are not supplied with the ma-
the manufacturer during normal operation and rou- chine. Failing one of these 3 prerequisites, makes
tine service and maintenance. that these activities shall be done by your dealer.
Normal operation means the use of the machine Periodical service means activities that must be
for the purpose intended by the manufacturer by done at defined intervals by trained personnel famil-
an operator familiar with the machine characteristics iar with the machine characteristics and which are
and complying with the information for operation and complying with the information for periodical service
safe practices, as specified by the manufacturer in and safe practices, as specified by the manufacturer
this manual and by the signs on the machine. in this manual and in other Company literature, in
order to maintain the expected life time of the baler.
Normal operation includes the preparation and stor-
age of the machine, swinging components into work Periodical service includes activities such as chang-
position and vice versa, filling the baler with twine ing oil from the hydraulic circuit or gearboxes, or
spools, routing twine and setting off the baler from a other substances or components that need periodi-
tractor. cal exchange.
Normal operation includes the adjustment and set- Converting (rebuild) means activities that must be
ting of the machine, for the specific condition of the done by professional service personnel familiar with
field and/or the crop. the machine characteristics and complying with the
information for converting, as specified by the man-
Routine service and maintenance means activities ufacturer in this manual, in assembly instructions or
that must be done daily by an operator familiar with in other Company literature, in order to rebuild the
the machine characteristics and complying with the machine to a configuration which is appropriate for
information for routine service and safe practices, as a specific crop or soil condition.
specified by the manufacturer in this manual and by
signs on the machine, in order to maintain the proper Repair means activities that must be done by
function of the machine. professional service personnel familiar with the
machine characteristics and complying with the
Routine service includes activities such as cleaning, information for repair, as specified by the manufac-
washing, topping up fluid levels, greasing, adjusting turer in the dealer's workshop manual, in order to
belts and chains, replacement of consumable arti- restore the proper function of the machine after a
cles and fast wearing parts, such as twine guides. failure or degradation of performance.
This manual is not giving all the information related The machine is a one man operated machine, i.e.
to periodical service, machine converting (rebuild) the driver of the tractor. There is no need for other
and repairs to be carried out by professional service people on or around the machine during normal op-
personnel. For some of the latter activities, there eration.
4-2
Tractor attachment [31309693]

The tractor and baler when attached must meet all Road
and Towing Legislation applicable to country where oper-
ated.
The tractor must also be suitable for the application, in-
clines will require a larger tractor than flat lands.
IMPORTANT: When attaching the baler wrapper to the
tractor ensure that all the services are connected correctly
and the following criteria are met:
1. Adjust the tow hitch settings.
2. Connect the baler to a remote valve on the tractor for
correct operation,
Hose identified Green = Baler pickup
Hose identified blue = Rotor reverser (where fitted)
3 Where equipment requires a return of oil to tank, refer

to the Tractor Operator's Manual for more information.
4. Connect the trailer socket if the baler wrapper is to be
towed on public roads.
5. Connect the control panel which requires a 12 V unin-
terrupted supply.
6. Connect the trailer brakes and test them.
7. Connect to the Power Take Off 540 RPM.
ZDA7982A 1
Tractor attachment [25662727]

Power Take Off shaft
The baler is equipped with a PTO drive shaft with front
yoke for attaching to a 35 mm diameter, 6‐splines PTO
tractor shaft and is designed to operate at 540 RPM PTO
speed.
ZIL10FCRB052AAA 1
4-3
Tractor drawbar
The drawbar tongue on the baler is adjustable in height
and is reversible, so the baler can be attached either to
a clevis‐type swinging drawbar (1) Figure 1, or a rear tow
hook (1) Figure 2, on the tractor.
ZIL10FCRB086AAA 2
4-4
ZIL10FCRB001FAA 3
Ensure the tractor drawbar is adjusted to meet the stan- Secure the tractor drawbar so the hitch pin hole is directly
dard specifications: below the power driveline.
• •
Swinging drawbar: Rear tow hook:
A. E.
35 cm 75 cm to 100 cm
B. F.
Between 15 cm and 30 cm 18 cm
C. G.
Minimum 10 cm 20 cm
D.
Between 45 cm and 50 cm
4-5
To fit to the swinging drawbar (low tongue position on the

baler), depending on country‐bound legal regulations the
baler tongue is equipped with either Figure 4:
• A pivotable ring hitch (1)

• A swivel ball hitch (2)
NOTE: The swivel ball hitch will also fit to the rear tow
hook, if legally allowed.
ZIL10FCRB081AAA 4
To fit to the rear tow hook (high tongue position on the

baler), the baler tongue is equipped with a fixed ring hitch.
Make sure the tractor hitch pin matches the bore in the
baler hitch:
• Swivel ball hitch: 33 mm pin hole for a 30 mm to 32

mm pin
• Pivotable ring hitch: 35 mm pin hole for a 25 mm to
27 mm pin
• Fixed ring hitch: 40 mm pin hole for a 30 mm to 32
mm pin.
Levelling the Baler

Adjust the baler tongue to suit the tractor hitch height so
that the baler's coach‐work is parallel or slightly higher at
the front, in relation to the ground.
ZIL10FCRB047AAA 5
Proceed as follows:
1. Let the jack stand down to support the baler. Do not

detach the baler from the tractor as shown in Figure
17 and Figure 18.
2. Slacken the three bolts (2) on both sides of the baler
tongue, Figure 6.
3. Alternately loosen and tighten the jam nuts (3) nuts
both inside and outside of the cross beam (1) to
move the tongue to the desired height. Turn the jack
handle to adjust the inclination of the baler.
ZIL10FCRB090AAA 6
4-6
4. Tighten the jam nuts (3) Figure 6.

5. Torque the bolts (2) to 240 N·m (177.0 lb ft) Figure
6.
6. Fine‐adjust the inclination of the hitch plate (2) to be
parallel to slightly lower at the front in relation to the
ground.
Torque the bolts (1) to 485 N·m (357.7 lb ft) Figure
7.
7. Raise and lock the jack stand in the highest position
and wind the jack handle until the foot is jammed
under the tongue as shown in Figure 17 and Figure
18.
ZIL10FCRB056AAA 7
NOTICE: In adjusting tractor and baler hitch height, also

strive to line up the PTO drive shaft with the gearbox input
shaft as straight as possible for smooth running of the
baler drive lines.
ZIL10FCRB082AAA 8
4-7
Possible hitch heights

Ball hitch height low setting is: .
212 mm (8.3 in).
HH1 9
Ball hitch height high setting is: 804 mm (31.7 in).
HH2 10
Fixed hitch height low setting is: .
HH3 11
Fixed hitch height high setting is: 1120 mm (44.1 in).
HH4 12
4-8
Hitch reversal - high to low

Depending on customer preference, the tongue can be
reversed from low to high position, or vice versa.
Proceed as follows:
1. Support the baler on the jack stand.

2. Remove the PTO front half (5).
3. Remove hitch (4) and support (2) from tongue (3).
4. Detach safety rails (1) from the tongue and the baler
frame.
5. Remove tongue (3) from the baler, turn it upside
down and reinstall it to the baler.
ZIL10FCRB061AAA 13
Hitch reversal - low to high

1. Reinstall hitch (6) on the low side of the tongue.
2. Adjust tongue and hitch for proper height to level the
baler as explained in the previous paragraph.
3. Tighten:
bolts (3): 240 N·m (177.0 lb ft).
bolts (7): 485 N·m (357.7 lb ft).
4. Reinstall support (2).
5. Reinstall the rails (1) to the opposite sides of re-
moval.
6. Reinstall the PTO front half (5) and place it into sup-
port (4).
ZIL10FCRB062AAA 14
Hitch and PTO

1. Secure the hitch to the tractor drawbar. Use a pin of
proper size, quality and length. Secure the pin with
a spring clip.
The pin must not protrude below the drawbar more
than necessary to install the spring clip. If not, the pin
may catch and bunch up material under the draw-
bar and possibly plug the pickup when the material
breaks loose.
ZIL10FCRB053AAA 15
4-9
2. Connect the PTO to the tractor.

The front PTO yoke is equipped with a push pin.
Press the spring‐loaded pin and simultaneously
glide the PTO on the tractor shaft until the pin en-
gages. With the pin engaged, try to move the PTO
back and forth to ensure it is locked on the tractor
shaft.
ATTENTION: Stop the tractor engine! This should
also release the tractor PTO stub shaft and allow it
to rotate freely.
NOTE: Keep the push pin and splines well oiled at
all times to operate and slide easily onto the tractor
shaft. ZIL10FCRB045AAA 16
3. Attach the PTO guard retaining chains (1) Figure. 15

to a convenient location with sufficient slack to allow
free movement, yet preventing the guards from ro-
tating during baler operation. Swing the PTO away.
ZIL10FCRB102AAA 17
4. Remove the weight from the jack stand. Disengage

latch (1) and locate it in notch (5). Grab the jack
crank with both hands and lift up the jack. Release
latch (1) from notch (5).
Lift the jack all the way up until the spring‐loaded
latch (1) snaps engaged in the lower hole in the jack
stand. Grab the jack at the crank (2) and/or the grab
handle (3) Figure 18.
ATTENTION: Be cautious when operating the jack
stand. There is risk of injury by pinching or shearing
points.
5. Securely engage latch (1) in notch (4). Wind the jack
completely up. ZIL10FCRB142AAA 18
6. Raise or lower the tractor lower draft arms so that

they cannot damage the PTO shaft and/or PTO
guards when making turns. It may be necessary to
remove them on some tractors.
7. Check proper length of the PTO shaft with the trac-
tor in straight line to ensure sufficient overlap of the
telescoping shafts (maintain a minimum overlap of
one third of the length of the telescoping shafts at all
times.)
Make maximum possible turns to the left and to the
right and check proper length in the shortest working
position to avoid bottoming out of the telescoping
shafts.
ZIL10FCRB087AAA 19
4 - 10
If distance (X) gets below 20 mm, either:
• Increase the tractor drawbar length (e.g. from 35

cm to 41 cm) in case the baler tongue is fitted in
the low position and attached to the tractor swinging
drawbar.
OR
• Shorten the PTO shaft in case the baler is fitted in
the high position and attached to the tractor rear tow
hook, see next paragraph.
Check for possible interferences with baler tongue com-

ponents, hydraulic hoses and electric cables.
ZIL10FCRB097AAA 20
NOTE: It is preferable to have a positive limitation on
the turning angle (i.e. tires contacting the baler tongue),
rather than having the possibility to exceed the PTO shaft
design capabilities. To avoid interferences and excessive
PTO angles, attach the baler closer to the tractor.
NOTICE: Disengage the tractor PTO when making ex-
tremely tight turns.
Restrict the PTO angle to:
• Maximum 70 ° when disengaged or running idle.

• Maximum 35 ° for continuous operation under heavy
load.
3571 21
4 - 11
Shortening the PTO shaft - high hitch posi-

tion
Should the PTO shaft need shortening, proceed as fol-
lows:
1. Remove the front half of the PTO shaft from the

baler.
Place the rear half in the PTO support.
2. Attach the baler to the tractor and make the sharpest
possible turn left or right as illustrated in Figure 19
and Figure 20.
Shut the tractor down. Attach the front half of the
PTO shaft to the tractor.
3. Hold both PTO halves alongside each other and
mark the length to be cut off the front half guard.
4. Cut the plastic guard.
5. Cut the telescoping tube by the same amount as the
guard.
6. File down sharp edges from the tube, remove any
swarf and thoroughly grease the telescoping tube.
7. Also shorten the rear half guard and tube by the
same amount.
Further modifications to the PTO shaft and guards
are not allowed.
ZIL10FCRB112AAA 22
4 - 12
Hydraulic connections [25663731]

Hydraulic system
WARNING
Pressurized hydraulic fluid can penetrate the
skin and cause severe injuries.
Tighten all of the connections before starting
the engine. If hydraulic fluid has penetrated the
skin, seek medical assistance immediately.
ous injury.
W0117A
1. The supply hoses (3) on the baler to operate the tail-

gate and the hydraulic pickup lift have a tractor‐end
male coupler (1) complying with FIEI standard di-
mensions. ZIL10FCRB143AAA 1
An adaptor (2) joins the hose to the coupler. This
coupler will fit most of our tractors, as well as the
majority of other brands of tractors. If this is not
the case, obtain the appropriate quick‐coupler for
the tractor that will be used, and possibly another
adaptor that will fit the hose (3).
Install the couplers using Teflon tape or a similar ma-
terial on the threads to prevent joint leakage.
Couplers are provided with a colored cap for suggested usage:

Color Function Control Valve
Green Pick-up(where fitted) Single acting.
If using Double acting valve - connect at lift port to
operate and use float to lower and relieve pressure
Blue Tailgate Single acting.
Black, Red Rotor reverser (where fitted) Single acting.
ATTENTION: Check with your tractor dealer to be certain
your tractor hydraulic fluid is compatible with the baler oil.
If there is any question about the oil compatibility, purge
all oil from the baler hydraulic system, otherwise damage
to the tractor hydraulic system could result.
NOTE: The tailgate and rotor reverser supply hoses and
cylinders contain approximately 1 l of oil.
Keep the hose ends and fittings free from contamination
during installation and hook up, or damage to the tractor
and/or baler hydraulic system may result.
4 - 13
2. Securely install the hydraulic hose quick‐disconnect

couplings (1) into the tractor remote control hydraulic
outlets so the baler tailgate and pickup will function
properly in both directions.
Raise and lower the tailgate several times with the
tractor hydraulics. This will purge air from the hy-
draulic system and fill the system with oil.
NOTE: As the baler will retain a portion of the hy-
draulic oil from the tractor, check the tractor hydraulic
system for correct oil level after purging and add oil
if necessary.
3. Check all hose and tubing connections for hydraulic
leaks and tighten where necessary.
20021693 2
4. Make sure the hydraulic lines do not rub the PTO.
and there is enough slack to permit sharp turns.
4 - 14
Baler Preparation [26124256]

Inspection windows
The front panel of the baler has inspection windows (2)
to allow the operator to observe the net, or the plastic roll
during the wrap cycle.
If the machine is equipped with the optional twine wrapper,

the twine run indicators are visible through the inspection
windows (1).
ZIL10FCRB091AAA 1
Net brake release lever

The net brake release lever (1) is used to lift the brake
mechanism (3) off the roll spindle and brake disc assem-
bly (2), to be able to load a new roll of net or plastic.
ZIL10FCRB265AAA 2
Net insert tool

A rectangular shape piece of plastic sheet (1) is stored in
the roll box.
ZIL10FCRB101AAA 3
This plastic plate (1) is used to insert the net or plastic

sheet in the duckbill (2) during the net loading process.
ZIL10FCRB098AAA 4
4 - 15
Spare roll basket

A basket (1) is provided to store a spare net‐plastic roll.
Keep the spare net roll in its original packing until the mo-
ment it will be used.
The basket can be removed to ease servicing the baler.
There is also a storage shelf for one roll above the roll in
use at the front of the baler.
ZIL10FCRB267AAA 5
4 - 16
Pick up [31337131]
The tractor hydraulic control is used to lift and lower the
pickup by means of a single‐acting cylinder (1). Refer to
chapter "Tractor requirements", paragraph headed "Hy-
draulic outlets" for more details on how to operate the trac-
tor hydraulics.
The pickup flotation linkage (5) serves several functions:
Pickup float position for field operation requiring the

pickup gauge wheels to run on the ground, such as silage
and hay baling in good fields.
The tractor hydraulics allow the cylinder (1) to float. The

rear collar (4) is free on the linkage (5), its spring pin (3)
ZIL10FCRB152AAA 1
is located on the latch support of the pickup service door,
see insert.
The front collar (8) is fixed on the linkage (5) by means
of a spring clip (7). Several positions for collar (8) allow
different settings of the flotation spring (6).
Pickup fixed height position for field operation requiring
the pickup gauge wheels to run off the ground, such as
straw baling in rough fields.
The tractor hydraulics allow the cylinder (1) to float. The

pickup is held at the selected height by means of rear
collar (4) secured to linkage (5) with spring pin (3). Sev-
eral positions for collar (4) allow different height settings.
Shock‐absorber spring (2) takes up shocks. Flotation
spring (6) is unimportant here.
ZIL10FCRB153AAA 2
For road transport, the pickup must be raised to maximum

height and supported on the linkage (5).
The rear collar (4) is secured with spring pin (3) in the
transport position hole on linkage (5).
The tractor hydraulics can be left in the "neutral" valve po-

sition so the cylinder (1) assists in holding up the pickup.
Shock‐absorber spring (2) takes up shocks.
Flotation spring (6) is unimportant here.
ZIL10FCRB154AAA 3
4 - 17
Pick-up baffle plate control

The pickup baffle plate (2) holds the crop firmly in contact
with the pickup tines for positive feeding.
It is adjustable in height with chain (3) to suit the volume

of the windrow.
A key hole (1) is provided on the jack stand support to

attach the chain.
ZIL10FCRB100AAA 4
Knife [25779583]
Knife holder shaft
Lever (2) controls the position of the knife holder bar (4).
With the handle in position (8), the knives are fixed in
place for normal operation. With the handle in position
(1), the knives are unlocked and can be removed from
the baler, see Figure 2.
ZIL10FCRB089AAA 1
Knife selection control

The knife selection latch (5) unites the knife control arm
(3) with the knife selection shaft (6) and hub (7). It allows
instant selection of the number of knives to be used. The
hub (7) has 3 holes, each marked (in the casting) with the
number of knives that will be engaged: 15, 7 or 3, Figure
1.
To select the number of knives:
1. Turn the latch (5) to unlock from the hub (7).

2. Use the slug wrench to turn the shaft and hub to the
desired position, and turn counterclockwise.
3. Reengage the latch (5) Figure 1.
ZIL10FCRB270AAA 2
4 - 18
Cutter actuator sensor (CropCutter™).

The cutter actuator (1) engages and disengages the cut-
ter knives. A variable position sensor (2), connected to
the actuator rod by means of linkages, generates the sig-
nals the controller needs to determine the position of the
actuator and the position of the knives.
The controller supplies power to the actuator to move the
knives in and out as selected and programmed by the
operator.
CUTTER 3
Baler blockage [26124151]

Unblocking the baler
WARNING
ous injury.
W0227A
Slug wrench ZIL10FCRB261AAA 1
A slug wrench (1) is stored on the right‐hand side of the

machine.
The slug wrench can be used on the feed rotor shaft to
clear a blockage in the feeder.
Rotate counterclockwise to unplug.

NOTE: Where the rotor reverser is fitted this operation is
not necessary, refer to Hydraulic Rotor Reverser.
ZIL10FCRB262AAA 2
4 - 19
The slug wrench can also be used on the conveyor drive

shaft to clear a blockage in the bale chamber.
ZIL10FCRB263AAA 3
CropCutter™Crop cutting model
The slug wrench is also used to set the knife selection

shaft.
Rotate counterclockwise to rotate the shaft.

NOTICE: Remember to remove the slug wrench and to
store it properly in its intended place prior to running up
the baler.
The slug wrench has a spring inside to make it pop off the
shaft stub automatically once it is released.
ZIL10FCRB850AAA 4
NOTICE: It is possible under certain circumstances that

the baler blocks up in the feed rotor and feeder channel
area.
When this happens, make sure to clean the blockage only
by means of the slug wrench (1).
Carefully look for stones or foreign object in the feeder
area.
Some tractors have the possibility to engage the PTO
in synchronization with the tractor gearbox (transmission
synchronized PTO), which links the PTO rotation (speed
and direction of rotation) to tractor ground wheel rotation.
When driving backwards with the tractor, the PTO might
be driven backwards (unless an independent PTO is fit-
ted). ZIL10FCRB088AAA 5
Never use the gearbox-driven PTO feature to drive the
baler in reverse, with the objective to unblock the feeder
area. Doing so may result in major damage to the rotor
and rotor scraper assembly in the feeder channel area.
4 - 20
Feeder Reverser [25762937]

Hydraulic rotor reverser (optional)
The rotor reverser (1) is used to clear blocked crop from
the baler and is operated from the tractor when connected
to the tractor hydraulic system.
ATTENTION: Do not run the PTO with the rotor reverser
because damage to the shearbolt or baler will occur.
NOTICE: Regardless of tractor type the rotor reverser
must have a continuous oil flow of a minimum 20 l/min
for correct operation on a single‐acting valve on the trac-
tor.
One push of the hydraulic lever in the tractor will reverse
the rotor by 2 notches on the rotor reverser sprocket. ZIL10FCRB139AAA 1
Operating the reverser is the same procedure for a double

acting valve as for a (dual line, free return) single acting
valve.
Locate the hoses in the valve outlets such that the cylin-
der moves in the desired direction when moving the lever,
pulling the lever towards you retracts the cylinder, revers-
ing the rotor rotation.
Operate the reverser a few times to purge air:

• Pull the lever to retract the cylinder full stroke (tractor
relief valve blowing) the ratchet pawl engages in the
ratchet wheel and the rotor reverses.
• Release the lever to neutral position. The mechan-
ical linkage (spring activated) will make the cylinder
extend by itself to return and reset the ratchet.
• Repeat a couple of times. Check that the linkage
resets correctly under the spring tension (cylinder
fully extending, lifting the pawl 3 - 5 mm clear of the
top of the ratchet teeth). If the pawl does not reset
correctly, check for binding linkages (i.e. pivot bolts
too tight; misalignment of the linkages).
• The pawl is provided with a shearbolt. Should the
pawl remain engaged in the ratchet wheel and the
baler is started for normal operation, the shearbolt
(2) will fail.
• Release the lever to neutral position.
• Wait a few seconds for the reverser linkage to reset
(cylinder extending full stroke).
• Activate the reverser a few times.
NOTICE: Do not stroke the cylinder more than 4 to 5
strokes in reverse, or lumps of crop will carry back-
wards overtop of the rotor and will damage the rotor
scrapers or rotor scraper support bar when reengag-
ing the rotor for normal operation.
4 - 21
• To restart the baler, run the tractor engine at low idle

speed and engage the PTO.
• If the plug is not pulled through, repeat the procedure
until the rotor will rotate in the normal direction.
In the unlikely event, manually remove some of the
crop out of the pickup.
• When using the cutter, insert the knives when the
baler is back to normal operation.
NOTICE: Always stop the tractor and baler before
operating the reverser (1). If the reverser is oper-
ated during baler operation a shearbolt (2) will fail
designed to avoid damage to the baler.
ZIL10FCRB139AAA 2
Tailgate [25766723]
Lock out valve
DANGER
the lockout valves.
injury.
D0002A
The tailgate lock out valve allows the operator to lock the
tailgate in any position to allow for easy access for servic-
ing. An instructional decal for valve control is located on
the valve body.
With the handle in position (1), the valve is closed, in the
position (2), the valve is open for normal operation.
ZIL10FCRB260AAA 1
With the handle in position (1) the lock is closed, in the

position (2), the valve is open for normal operation.
ZIL10FCRB757AAA 2
4 - 22
Sensors [26124512]
Bale density sensors
A spring‐loaded feeler rod (4) through the frame mem-
ber (1) contacts the tailgate frame member (2). A linkage
connects the feeler rod to the bale density variable posi-
tion sensor (5). The sensor generates a signal to the con-
troller, proportional to the amount of tailgate movement (in
turn a function of the bale density).
The controller converts the signal to a bale density figure

displayed on the operator panel. The signal also tells the
controller to start the wrap cycle when the selected density
is reached. There is a bale density sensor on both sides
of the baler. The controller also uses the signals from both ZIL10FCRB272AAA 1
sensors to form the "drive left - drive right" instructions on
the bale shape bar graphs display on the operator panel.
Tailgate latch sensor

The tailgate latch sensor (6) monitors the position of the
tailgate latch (3).
When the tailgate is closed and the latch properly en-

gaged, the sensor closes (sensor lever depressed) a cir-
cuit to the controller.
When the latch is not properly engaged, the sensor opens

(sensor lever released) generating a signal to the con-
troller.
There is a tailgate latch sensor on both sides of the baler.

They are electrically connected in series, this means one
open switch (in other words: one open latch) is enough to
open the circuit to the controller.
The tailgate latch switches play a vital role in various

Bale Command Plus™ processes:
• If a sensor opens during baling, the controller will
activate the alarm on the operator panel and display
an error message.
• If this happens during a wrap cycle, it will also inter-
rupt the wrap cycle.
• The sensors must open and the latches must re-
lease when the tailgate is opened to eject the bale.
• When the tailgate is closed, the sensors close
(latches close) the controller uses the sensor signal
to reset the operator panel display to the "ready to
bale the next bale" status and adds one bale to the
bale count.
4 - 23
Monitor [25763940]
Bale Command Plus™ Monitor system in-
stallation
1. Install the operator panel (1) on a support and spade
mount inside the tractor cab or on the fender in a
comfortable view field from the tractor seat.
Once connected the keypad allows the operator to
operate the system and programme the baling pa-
rameters. The display forms the information about
the baling parameters and processes. An audible
alarm and a light assist in communicating informa-
tion to the operator.
ZIL10FCRB135AAA 1
2. Install the break away connector (1) in a central po-

sition at the rear of the tractor. Route the cable (2)
into the tractor cab.
Connect the Bale Command Plus™ system wiring
loom (3) on the baler to the break away connector
and reconnect the dust caps (4).
NOTICE: Route and secure all wiring looms away
from sharp edges and vibrating or rotating parts.
Make sure the wiring loom does not rub the PTO and
has enough slack to permit sharp turns.
ZIL10FCRB084AAA 2
3. Attach the two‐wire power cable (3) with integrated

circuit breaker and quick‐connector socket (4) di-
rectly to the battery terminals.
Route the power cable into the tractor cab.
Secure the cable away from sharp edges and vibrat-
ing or rotating parts.
1. 12 V battery
2. Black wire
3. Power wiring loom into tractor cab
4. Quick-connector socket
5. Red wire
6. Circuit breaker 30 A
ZIL10FCRB083AAA 3
4 - 24
NOTICE: The red wire in the power cable must always

be connected to the positive (+) battery terminal and the
black wire connected to the negative (-) battery terminal.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in damage
to the wiring loom. Always disconnect the battery earth
cable before installing the wiring loom on the tractor.
ZIL10FCRB085AAA 4
4. Connect all components:
• Power cable (3) Figure 3 to cable (2) Figure 2

• Operator panel (1) Figure 1 to cable (2) Figure 2
• Wiring loom (1) Figure 4 to break away connector (1)
Figure 2
NOTE: Some tractors may have a socket (5) originally
provided in the dashboard or control deck, to plug in the
quick‐connector male (6) directly. If so, there is no need
to install the power cable (4). Check the tractor wiring
diagram to make sure the circuit has 30 A capacity to
operate the wrapper systems.
4 - 25
Operator panel functions

The Bale Command Plus™ operator panel, on line with
the controller on the baler, automatically controls the
wrapping cycle.
When the preset full bale alarm signals the operator to

stop forward travel, the wrapper cycle is automatically
started. The net, or plastic (Twine accessory) is fed onto
the bale until a predetermined number of wraps is applied.
Then the knife cuts and the bale is ready for ejection by
the operator. The wrapper is automatically reset for wrap-
ping the next bale.
Also the CropCutter™ cutter function is automatically con-

trolled from the operator panel. ZIL10FCRB226AAA 5
All baling parameters are programmed by the operator

from the tractor seat by touching the keys on the key board
(3). The display (4), light (1) and buzzer (2) give con-
stant visible and audible information about the entire bal-
ing, wrapping and cutting processes.
The operator may select to operate the wrapper and cutter

mechanisms manually or automatically.
However, with this application, it is normal to operate the

baler in the automatic operating mode.
The operator panel gives remote control over the following

baling parameters:
• Setting the desired bale density.

• Constant reading of the bale density throughout the
entire bale formation process.
• Setting the number of wraps for net or plastic wrap-
ping.
• Choosing the twine wrap patterns (accessory).
• Controlling the bale shape, for even filling of the bale
on both ends.
• The system registers total cumulative bale count and
bale count for a selected period. These will be dis-
played when touching the appropriate key.
• Setting the cutter operational parameters: ON/OFF
and uncut outer crop layer.
Refer to the next chapter for complete function and oper-

ating instructions.
4 - 26
Controller
The controller (1) processes the information from the var-
ious sensors on the baler and from the operator panel on
the tractor. It produces signal circuits for the variable po-
sition sensors on the actuators, the bale density sensors,
the tailgate latch sensors and the net metering roller sen-
sor. It sends signals to the operator panel to display the
information for the operator. It supplies power to the ac-
tuators.
The controller on the less cutter machine has one outlet

for the main wiring loom (2) coming from the tractor and
from the actuators and sensors related to the net/plastic ZIL10FCRB271AAA 6
wrapper mechanism (twine wrapper if fitted).
The controller on the with cutter machine has two outlets

for:
The main wiring loom (2)
The cutter wiring loom (2) coming from the actuator and
sensor related to the cutter mechanism.
4 - 27
Monitor [25785258]
The screen area of any monitor should only be cleaned
with a soft nonabrasive type cloth and window cleaner.
NOTICE: Do not use solvent type cleaners, because the
screen may be damaged.
ZIL10FCRB135AAA 1
Use a storage box to protect the monitor during transport

between vehicles or for general storage.
NOTICE: The monitor should be removed, and stored in
a controlled environment during the winter months.
Electrical connections [25763747]

Road lights
To connect the road light installation of your baler to the
tractor, fit the baler plug in the tractor socket.
The road light equipment includes front and rear parking

lights, stop lights, direction indicator lights and reflectors.
1. Verify the proper operation of the electrical equip-

ment.
2. Refer to the wiring diagram if the light equipment
causes problems, verify the compatibility of the trac-
tor's and baler's electrical circuit.
ZIL10FCRB669AAA 1
4 - 28
ZIL10FCRB034FAA 2
Components Color code

1. Right front parking light b : Black
2. Rear lights, right w: White
3. Rear lights, left p : Purple
4. Left front parking light g : Green
1 : Tractor connecting plug o : Orange
31 : Earth y : Yellow
54 : Stop lights
L : Direction indicator, left
R : Direction indicator, right
58L : Parking lights, left
58R : Parking lights, right
54g : -
Light bulbs
A. Direction indicator light (P - 12 V - 21 W)
B. Parking light, rear (R - 12 V - 10 W)
C. Stop light (P - 12 V - 21 W)
D. Parking light, front (K - 12 V - 10 W - DIN 72601)
4 - 29
STARTING THE UNIT
Machine preparation [32296915]

With the baler hitched to the tractor and all electrical and
hydraulic connections made, prepare as follows.
Before starting the towing unit

1. Check all road lights and indicators are operational
if towing on the highway.
Ensure PTO engagement is OFF
PTO Engagement
Start the towing vehicle and at fast idle 3.
2.
Set the throttle at half speed and engage the PTO,
Check the hydraulic operation of the pick up this lower starting speed will reduce the shock load
to the driveline.
The tailgate raise and lower If all functions are okay the baler is now ready for its
purpose, disengage the PTO and tow or transport
The rotor reverser (where fitted) the baler to the field:
Transport Operations.
Check electrical operation of the monitor When at the field and before operating the baler:
Working Operations.
(where fitted)
PARKING THE UNIT
Parking the machine [31337534]

1. 4.
Chock the wheels and or apply park brake (where Remove the hydraulic lines from the tractor, and
applicable) place dust caps on the ends of the hydraulic lines.
2. 5.
Place the jack, in the down position, and insert the Disconnect the cable for the wrapper and the taillight
pin. Turn the crank to remove the weight from the connector, from the tractor to the baler. Install the
drawbar. dust caps, on the monitor harness.
3. 6.
Remove the PTO, from the tractor and store it on top Store the ends of the hydraulic hoses and wire har-
of the A frame. nesses in the A frame.
4 - 30
5 - TRANSPORT OPERATIONS
ROAD TRANSPORT
Towing the machine [25782288]

Recommended Practice for Towing Agricul-
tural Machines
NOTE: Always investigate and comply with local road
regulations governing transporting, towing, equipment on
public roads.
Make sure a safety chain is installed (where applicable),
the pickup is in the raised position and all hoses and wire
harnesses are secured before towing the baler.
Do not carry a bale in the chamber when travelling on the
road.
Round Baler Maximum Permissible Towing Speeds On or
Off Road, but is subject to your local legislation:
With Brakes 40 km/h (25 mph) or local

regulation, whichever is
less.
Without Brakes 32 km/h (20 mph) or local
regulation, whichever is
less.
Tow agriculture equipment with proper size and weight
tractor.
Baler WITHOUT BRAKES the maximum allowed baler
weight must be below the maximum allowed towed weight
WITHOUT BRAKES found in the tractor documentation or
on the tractor PIN plate.
OR
Weight of the baler WITHOUT BRAKES must not be more
than 1.5 times the tractor weight, whichever is less.
Baler WITH BRAKES the maximum allowed baler weight
must be below the maximum allowed towed weight WITH
BRAKES found in the tractor documentation or on the
tractor PIN plate.
OR
Weight of the baler WITH BRAKES must not be more than
4.5 times the tractor weight, whichever is less.
Towing
Do not tow the baler with a bale in the bale chamber.
Make sure the reflective decals, reflective tape, reflectors
and lights are clean and clearly visible.
Lift the pickup all the way up and lock it .
Make sure the hitch pin is of adequate size and cannot
come out.
Attach the tow chain (if so equipped).
Secure all of the hydraulic lines and electrical harnesses.
If the PTO drive shaft is not attached to the towing vehicle,
use a secure strap to hold the PTO drive shaft on the A
frame.
If the baler has brakes, attach the brake lines.
5-1
Attach a safety breakaway chain/cable to the back of the

tow vehicle (where applicable).
5-2
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT
Transporting the machine [25765156]

Transporting the baler
The pickup gauge wheels are made quick‐attach and they
must be removed from the pickup to reduce the over-
all width of the baler on public road, in countries with
width‐restrictive road regulations.
The baler has been shipped ex‐factory with the pickup

gauge wheels (where applicable) installed on two sup-
ports (1) on the left‐hand side of the baler, Remove these
supports and install them on the front cross beam, on each
side of the baler, see Figure 3.
ZIL10FCRB121AAA 1
NOTICE: To transport the baler, the PTO must be coupled

to the tractor and the PTO support swung down. Do not
transport the baler with the PTO resting on the support.
Do not transport the baler with the tailgate open
ZIL10FCRB122AAA 2
Raise and secure the pickup in the transport position, re-

fer to paragraph headed "pickup lift control", later in this
section. Ensure all guards are closed and latched and the
road light equipment is in good operating condition.
ZIL10FCRB123AAA 3
5-3
Place the pickup gauge wheels onto the supports (where

applicable) for transporting the baler on public road.
ZIL10FCRB124AAA 4
5-4
Lifting the machine [25871025]

When lifting the baler, always make sure that all loose •
components are securely fastened to the machine:
Net rolls
•
•
PTO front half
Pickup wheels
•
•
Spare net roll basket
Tractor wire harness and battery cable
•
•
Hydraulic hoses
Operator's manual
•
Close all guards and lock the pickup in the transport po-
Bale Command Plus™ Monitor and road light wire sition.
harnesses
Use chains of adapted strength regarding the baler weight
• of 2600 - 2700 kg (empty).
Twine balls
Low hitch
ZIL10FCRB003FAA 1
5-5
High hitch
ZIL10FCRB004FAA 2
5-6
6 - WORKING OPERATIONS
GENERAL INFORMATION
Bale Formation Overview [25786363]

Bale makeup
The baler is designed to make cylindrically shaped bales
not exceeding 800 kg (1763.7 lb) composed of 3 distinct
layers of varying density.
Level 1, the outer crop layer, is the most dense, providing

good weathering characteristics to the bale.
Level 2 consists of higher density layers, without damage

to the crop.
Level 3 is a low density core, allowing the crop to breath.
The thickness of these layers compared to each other will

be altered by changing the overall full bale density.
ZIL10FCRB001AAA 1
The quality of the bale is wholly dependent upon many

variables, including the type and variety of crop, how the
crop was prepared, size and shape of the windrow, mois-
ture content, feeding rate and the operator driving tech-
nique, and selected bale density.
NOTE: The thickness of these layers compared to each
other will be altered also by changing the overall full bale
density on the Bale Command Plus™ monitor in the trac-
tor.
General Preparing the hay crop for baling

1. The crop to be baled can be prepared in a number of
ways, depending on your preference and equipment
Always work in safe conditions, on flat, hard, dry available. The most desirable bales are produced when
ground. the crop is cut, conditioned and then raked into windrows
2. of the proper size.
Never stand on guards, neither in open, nor in This allows the operator to weave and properly position
closed position. the material in the baler, producing compact, uniform
bales.
3.
Moisture content requirements for the round bale tech-
Never put hands or fingers through any holes or nique is up to 18 % maximum.
slots in the guarding or the chassis.
4. •
Do not climb on the baler. If certain areas cannot be If the moisture content is too high, spoilage can be
reached from the ground, use a stable step or ladder expected.
to reach these areas. •
5.
If the moisture content is too low, excessive leaf loss
Thoroughly read and understand this manual, in and shatter will occur.
particular the safety instructions, before proceeding
Cut the crop as long as possible. In most crops, longer
with operation, adjustments and maintenance, and
material is easier to bale and results in smoother finished,
repairs described in this manual.
more weather‐resistant bales.
6-1
Do not over condition the material, particularly bunches apart as they are fed into the machine. This will
legume‐type crops such as lucerne and clover. minimize plugging of the pickup and the feeder area.
Over conditioning will cause the leaves to dry too quickly Light windrowed crops
and break off where they are damaged, resulting in
losses. If the bales are to be stored outside, excessive In very small windrows, the incoming crop is crushed by
shattering of stems will invite moisture absorption. the weight of the bale. As a result, pressure buildup is
much slower which may result in too dense bales.
Under conditioning can also cause spoilage, particularly
when baling cane‐type crops and other heavy stemmed If problems are experienced with feeding small windrows,
materials. increase the ground speed or decrease the PTO speed.
Raking two windrows together under these conditions will
Excessively dry, slippery materials sometimes encoun- also help baling efficiency and performance. Select a
tered in maize stalks, certain grass types, and various lower full bale density.
types of grain straw can be successfully baled providing
the material is of sufficient length to hold the bale together.
Stalk‐‐type crops
Wilted grass for silage In baling long stalk crops such as sorghum or maize
stalks, especially when the crop is extremely dry (less
The crop can be cut and prepared with the usual equip- than 10 % moisture content) or has been shredded with a
ment such as a mower or a mower‐conditioner and a ted- rotary type cutter, baling difficulties may be experienced.
der rake.
Under these conditions, the material is crushed easily and
Produce uniform swaths. An even, full windrow is desir- loses its form and shape. The bale will have tendency to
able. The best results for conservation are obtained when disintegrate or not start rolling at all.
the crop is baled at a dry matter content between 40 - 60
%. Slowing the PTO speed down to 350 - 450 RPM while
maintaining a normal feed rate will usually allow the baling
Straw crops operation to take place.
If at all possible, ensure at the time of combining a grain Other adjustments that will help are:
crop that the straw is not chopped excessively by the com-
bine's threshing mechanism. Do not stir up the swath •
prior to baling if the straw is already very dry and short.
A properly sized, full swath produced by a large combine Decrease the full bale density.
will give better results than a very small swath. The width •
of the swath, as described below, can be controlled by
adding deflectors in the combine straw hood. Disengage the PTO when not feeding material, such
as in field corners and when turning on the head-
Important operating tips Straw / grass type lands or at the end of windrows.
crops
Short or brittle crops
In voluminous straw windrows, make sure that the crop
is not rolling under the tractor rear axle and baler hitch. Baling difficulties may be experienced when baling short,
When breaking loose, this may plug the baler pickup and stalky crops (hay or straw), especially when the crop is
throat. extremely dry (less than 10 % moisture content) or has
been shredded with a rotary type mower or chopper.
In these conditions, try to pickup the windrows in the same
direction as they were laid down by the combine in order Under these conditions, the material is crushed easily and
to obtain a more even feed of the crop. When baling straw loses its normal form and shape. The bale will have ten-
windrows in the same direction as they were laid down by dency to disintegrate or will not start rolling at all.
the combine, they will have a shiny aspect. Looking in
the opposite direction, the windrows will have a more dull Slowing the PTO speed down to 350 - 450 RPM while
appearance. maintaining normal feed rate will usually allow the baling
operation to take place. Sometimes it may only be nec-
Fit a canvas underneath the tractor body and rearward essary to slow down until the core is formed.
under the hitch to deflect the crop down.
Other adjustments that will help are:
Adjust the windguard baffle plate high enough to prevent
it from bulldozing the windrow. •
In heavy, bunchy, uneven windrows, reduce the ground Decrease the full bale density.
speed when necessary to allow the pickup to tear the
6-2
• The density springs in the tailgate are preloaded in the

factory. This preload cannot be changed in the field.
Disengage the PTO when not feeding material, such
as in field corners and when turning on the head- Feed rate
lands or at the end of windrows.
The amount of time the material spends in the bale cham-
Bale density ber has an important effect on bale density. If large volu-
minous windrows are fed into the baler quickly, the den-
Bale density is determined by many variables including sity of the ejected bales will be lower than if a lower rate
type and condition of the crop, method of preparing the of feed is used.
crop, moisture content, size and shape of the windrow
and travel speed. Bale density can be controlled by in- A longer cycle time will result in denser bales, but crop
creasing or decreasing the volume of the windrow and by loss and baling capacity will decrease. The operator
altering the ground speed. should learn to adjust the ground speed in order to pro-
vide a feed rate consistent with optimum performance.
Mechanical bale density adjustment can be controlled
from the tractor seat by altering the bale density at which For well shaped and dense bales, reduce the forward
the wrap cycle is initiated. speed near completion of bale formation.
Experience has shown that the best quality bales (with This will allow some relaxation time for the incoming crop
regard to making, handling, storing and feeding) result if to be well compressed, resulting in a tight, waterproof
the operator keeps the following points in mind. outer layer with good conservation characteristics.
Full bale density Windrow size

Full bale density is determined by the amount of tailgate Refer to "Windrow size - Feeding the windrow - Bale for-
opening during bale formation and is controlled from the mation".
tractor seat by altering the bale density at which the wrap
cycle is initiated. Systematic procedure when starting to bale
Depending on crop conditions, recommended full bale The procedure below outlines the steps to be taken when
density settings are: starting off in a new field.
• Special attention will be paid to precautions to be taken
when making the first bales at initial start‐off.
1 maximum at first start‐off.
• 1.
1 for hay crops, to allow aeration and breathing of Check if the baler is properly loaded with twine Refer
the bale core during conservation. to "Loading twine".
• 2.
1.5 to 2 for straw and silage crops, to ensure maxi- Select the desired number of wraps on the pattern
mum density of the bales. pulley. Refer to "Loading twine". Make sure the
twine wrapper is in the home position.
•
3.
Very high densities can be achieved with higher set-
tings, but this will result in higher power needs and Lower the pickup and check for correct pickup height
maintenance costs, as well as increased shearbolt suitable for the field to be baled.
failures. NOTE: On machines fitted with the pickup hydraulic
ATTENTION: Some crops (e.g. wet silage) can result in lift feature (optional), lower the pickup hydraulically
bales exceeding the maximum weight limit of 800 kg. It and place the valve lever in the float position.
is then extremely important to reduce full bale density to 4.
keep weight within this limitation.
Continuously making overweight bales may appreciably Set the full bale density pointers. Set the full bale
reduce baler life. density alarm (optional).
At initial start‐off with a new baler, select a lower full bale
5.
density for the first bales until the paint inside the bale
chamber has become polished. Make sure the tailgate is closed and latched. The
tailgate hooks must be pulled up and engaged in
6-3
the density spring pins, the density indicators point 7.

at "zero" density.
Start baling. Closely watch the pickup performance
6.
and the left and right bale density indicators during
bale formation.
Engage the PTO Less shock is transmitted to the
driveline if the tractor is set at low idle speed before
engagement. After the baler is running, adjust the Windrow size ‐ Feeding the windrow ‐ Bale
PTO speed up to 540 RPM. formation
Windrow size
Good, uniform bales are made by feeding either full bale
chamber width windrows of 110 - 130 cm (43.3 - 51.2 in),
or narrow windrows of half or less the chamber width, 70
cm (27.6 in) or less. Avoid medium sized windrows of 80
- 100 cm (31.5 - 39.4 in), which are between half and full
chamber width. As the operator crosses this size windrow
to alternately feed material into the side ends of the bale,
material is continuously fed into the centre of the bale.
This will result in barrel‐shaped bales. On the other hand,
oversized windrows of more than 140 cm (55.1 in) wide
will increase the risk of blockages in the pickup.
In order to avoid crop losses and ensure good bale forma-

tion, try to obtain flat, even windrows of 0.3 - 0.4 m (11.81
- 15.75 in) high. This will result in higher density, lower
power consumption and better conservation characteris-
tics, compared to high irregular windrows.
General operating tips

• For good bale starts, reduce the forward speed at
the beginning of bale formation.
• For well shaped and dense bales, reduce the for-
ward speed near completion of bale formation. This
will allow some relaxation time for the incoming crop
to be well compressed, resulting in a tight, water-
proof outer layer with good conservation character-
istics.
• Prevent stones, boards or other foreign materials
from entering the baler to avoid damage to the ma-
chine components.
• Do not backup the baler over the windrow to prevent
material from being wedged between the floor roll
and the pickup frame.
• Avoid driving the pickup wheels over the windrow
(especially when baling on the headlands), as this
may cause blockages and wrapping around the
pickup wheels and centering augers, as well as
between the pickup side sheets and the windguard.
• On wide pickup models, keep in mind that the pickup
centering augers only serve to take up irregularities
in the windrow. So, when feeding the sides of the
bale chamber, do not drive on the augers to avoid
blockages in this area.
6-4
Feeding the windrow

Full bale chamber width windrows
120 - 140 cm (47.2 - 55.1 in).
Full width windrows are desirable since no weaving or

crossing the windrow is needed. The windrow should be
even and rather flat, without too much of a crown in the
middle, as this will result in barrel shaped bales.
Drive straight over the centre of the windrow to obtain

well‐shaped cylindrical bales with properly filled and
dense bale ends.
Narrow windrows
60 - 70 cm (23.6 - 27.6 in).
When baling narrow windrows, start bale formation in the

centre to enable rotation of the bale during its formation.
Then start feeding the left and right side of the bale cham-
ber alternately by running 6 - 8 s on one side, then cross-
ing over to the other side for another 6 - 8 s and so forth,
Figure 2. Watch the bale density indicators during bale
formation to correct the weaving pattern, if needed.
When the bale is near completion, feed the windrow in the

middle of the pickup before stopping the forward motion. ZIL10FCRB814AAA 2
Do not weave continuously as shown in Figure 3. If the

left/right shifting is too frequent, the ejected bale will be
barrel‐shaped, causing stability (twine end wraps falling
off), transport and stacking problems. Furthermore, bar-
rel‐shaped bales put high loads on the middle of the con-
veyor bars and on the chain, and increased wear or even
damage may result.
Medium-sized windrows
80 - 100 cm (31.5 - 39.4 in).
Avoid medium sized windrows! When crossing these

windrows to fill the other side of the bale, material is con- ZIL10FCRB815AAA 3
tinuously fed to the centre. At the end of bale formation,
more material will be fed in the centre of the bale resulting
in barrel‐shaped bales (Figure 3), causing stability (twine
end wraps falling off), transport and stacking problems.
Furthermore, barrel‐shaped bales put high loads on the
middle of the conveyor bars and on the chain rollers, and
increased wear or even damage may result.
Oversized Windrows: Wider than 140 cm (55.1 in).
Too wide a windrow may lead to blockages at the pickup

sheets, the pickup centering augers and the feeder area,
as well as to problems with bale ejection.
6-5
Safety hints for operational problem condi-

tions
Whenever leaving the tractor seat

1. Stop the tractor PTO shut down the engine and apply
the handbrake.
2. Verify that all rotating parts have stopped.
3. Cut electrical power to the implement, unless other-
wise required.
4. Do not hurry, remain alert for machine components
under pressure, tension, unbalance, heat, etc.
5. Mind the PTO shaft, and ensure all guards are in
good condition.
6-6
Pick up [25787342]
Pre-baling checks
The pickup baffle plate (1) holds the crop firmly in contact
with the pickup tines for positive feeding. It is adjustable
in height with chain (2).
Adjust the baffle plate height to suit the size of the windrow
in the field: high baffle plate position for large voluminous
crops, low baffle plate position in short silage crops.
A key hole is provided in plate (3) to attach the chain.
ZIL10FCRB703AAA 1
Roller windguard (where fitted)

The roller windguard is designed to achieve a smooth flow
when in heavy crop conditions.
The roller (1) holds the crop firmly in contact with the
pickup tines for positive feeding. It is adjustable in height
with chain (2).
ZIL10FCRB705AAA 2
Adjust the roller height to suit the size of the windrow in

the field:
high position for large voluminous crops,
low position in short silage crops.
A key hole is provided in plate (3) to attach the chain.
ZIL10FCRB706AAA 3
6-7
pickup gauge wheels

Adjust the pickup gauge wheels so that the pickup tines
clear the ground by a minimum of 30 mm (1.2 in).
This adjustment will suit field operation conditions requir-

ing the pickup to float and run on the gauge wheels close
to the ground, to gather short crops in an even field.
NOTE: The wheel (1) is removed for clarity in this figure
to show the gauge wheel adjuster (2).
ZIL10FCRB713AAA 4
To adjust the gauge wheel height (with wheels on) remove

the lynch pin (1) from the fixed pin (2) and pull the support
(3) away from the fixed pin.
Select the hole / height required and place the support (3)
back over the fixed pin (2) keeping the selected position
and refit the lynch pin (1).
ZIL10FCRB714AAA 5
NOTE: Make sure this adjustment is the same for both the
left and right hand side gauge wheel.
In uneven or stony ground conditions, adjust the gauge

wheels lower to provide more clearance between the
ground and the pickup tines.
Alternatively, after the pickup gauge wheels have been

adjusted, the pickup can be operated at a fixed height
(pickup gauge wheels off the ground) in rough fields.
After adjustment of the pickup height, make sure to adjust
the windguard baffle plate height to suit the size of the
windrow in the field. Basic adjustment of the windguard
height is X = 45 - 85 mm to be adjusted with chain (1).
ATTENTION: Small stones, tree branches and other for-
eign objects may be thrown towards the operator if there
is insufficient clearance between the pickup tines and the
ground.
NOTICE: Operating the pickup tines too close to the
ground is the primary cause of pickup tine and cam
follower bearing failures.
ZIL10FCRB616AAA 6
6-8
pickup augers
Adjust the auger stripper plate (1) (on both sides of the
pickup) at 2 mm from the auger flights (2). Slide the plate
back or forth in its mounting slots.
ZIL10FCRB582AAA 7
Pickup
Remove the rear spring pin (1) from its transport position
hole and relocate it to the latch support of the pickup ser-
vice door (2).
With the hydraulic pickup lift attachment, lower the pickup

and place the tractor valve lever in the float position.
Normal pick up tines to ground clearance is 30 mm .

ATTENTION: Do not allow the pickup to operate lower
than 30 mm above the ground, otherwise dirt, hay and
other material may be thrown in the direction of the trac-
tor operator. Wear safety glasses or goggles if there is
any danger of the pickup tines striking foreign objects or
uneven ground. ZIL10FCRB317AAA 8
Pickup flotation
Normal pickup flotation starts when a force of 300 N is ap-
plied on the gauge wheel. If needed, lift the pickup again
and relocate the front spring pin (2) through the collar (3)
in one of the holes (1) of pickup flotation.
ZIL10FCRB340AAA 9
6-9
Pickup fixed height position

For special conditions such as rough straw fields, the
pickup flotation linkage provides the possibility to work
with the gauge wheels off the ground.
To work with the gauge wheels off the ground, lift the
pickup hydraulically and locate rear spring pin (3) through
collar (4) in one of the holes for fixed height position (1).
Lower the pickup hydraulically. The pickup will now be

suspended by rear spring (2).
ZIL10FCRB361AAA 10
6 - 10
Baler Preparation [31337303]

Check that the twine tubes, net knife is in the home po-
sition, that the pickup is lowered and that the tailgate is
latched.
Set the throttle at half speed.
Turn on the PTO.
The lower starting speed will reduce the chance of shear-
ing the driveline shearbolt, on some units, and reduce
peak loads on the driveline.
Increase the throttle to the rated speed.
Do not operate at more than the rated speed, less will
save wear on the baler.
ATTENTION: Do not allow stones, boards or other foreign
material to enter the baler. Damage to the baler may re-
sult.
Do not back over windrows. Crop could become wedged
between the pickup frame and the floor roll.
6 - 11
Driveline protection [32296738]

A four cam type cutout clutch in the PTO drive shaft, just
in front of the gearbox in the cross beam of the baler,
protects the driveline and the baler from overload.
The clutch is factory set to a torque of 1650 N·m (1217.0

lb ft) and does not require adjustment or maintenance.
In case of overload, the clutch will automatically break

loose and stop driving the baler.
A noise will be heard, the baler will stop operating and

start bull dozing the windrow in front of the pickup.
This will mostly happen when a big lump is fed into the ma-
ZIL10FCRB055AAA 1
chine at the end of the bale formation process. Too high
setting increases the chance of overloading the clutch.
When the clutch breaks loose proceed as follows:
1. Stop tractor forward motion immediately and reverse

for a few metres.
2. Shut off the tractor PTO completely this will reset the
cut-out clutch.
3. Reduce the engine speed to somewhere just above
engine low idle speed.
4. Reengage the tractor PTO (at low engine speed) in
a start stop manner, trying to clear the blockage.
5. Normally the blockage will clear itself after a few at-
tempts. Increase the PTO speed back to 540 RPM
and continue baling.
NOTICE: In case of heavy blockages (ex stones) the
clutch may not fully reengage and continue hammering
or the tractor may shut down. Do not continue to run
the baler like this as fast wear or even damage to the
driveline may result.
In the case of severe blockage and the clutch will not reset
after a few short attempts proceed as follows:
WARNING
ous injury.
W0227A
1. Shut off the PTO and the tractor engine

2. Observe the problem
3. Clear the blockage by applying the slug wrench, re-
fer to image 5 or auto reverser, refer to image 9
(where fitted), and pull out the excess to the front
of the pickup as necessary)
4. Continue baling
6 - 12
Pickup shearbolt
A shearbolt (3) in the pickup driveline protects the pickup
and its drive in case of overload or blockage. Only use
genuine shearbolts and keep spare shearbolts in the
holder (4) at all times.
To ease the clearing of severe blockages in the pickup,

the windguard baffle plate can easily be taken off at the
hinge points (2).
An overrun clutch (1) (cutter units only) in the sprocket on
the gearbox output shaft allows the feeder and the pickup
to be turned backwards
WARNING
2
Entanglement hazard! ZIL10FCRB166AAA

ous injury.
W0227A
Proceed as follows:
1. Stop tractor forward motion and disengage the PTO
Reverse a few metres.
2. Shut off the tractor engine and remove the crop from
the pickup by pulling it out to the front.
3. Observe the possible cause of the shearbolt failure
and correct, if necessary.
Possible causes for pickup shearbolt failure are:

• Big lumps of heavy silage blocking the augers.
• Foreign objects entering the pickup (branches,
stones).
• Pick up tine ground clearance too small, pickup tines
digging in the ground.
• Unexpected pot holes in the field.
• Shearbolt fatigue.
Overrun clutch
An overrun clutch (1) CropCutter™ cutter units only in the
sprocket on the gearbox output shaft allows the feeder
and the pickup to be turned backwards with the slug
wrench.
An over centre drive chain tensioner (3) Capacity™ units

only allows instant removal of the main drive chain (2) to
ease the cleaning of a blockage in the bale chamber, with
the slug wrench.
ZIL10FCRB269AAA 3
6 - 13
Knife holder shaft cutter model (CropCut-

ter™ ).
NOTE: Before using the slug wrench refer to image 5 en-
sure that the knives are in the home position (1) and re-
turned to position (8) before baling (failure to do this could
result in damage to the machine).
Lever (2) controls the position of the knife holder bar (4).
With the handle in position (8), the knives are fixed in
place for normal operation. With the handle in position
(1), the knives are unlocked and can be removed from
the baler, see Figure 4.
ZIL10FCRB089AAA 4
Slug wrench
Shut off the PTO and the tractor engine. On CropCutter™
cutting machines, make sure the knives are in the home
position, out of the feeder duct, see figure 4.
Remove pickup, rotor blockages, by using the slug
wrench (1). Install the wrench on the rotor right‐hand
shaft end and rotate it counterclockwise. If necessary,
remove the windguard baffle plate first.
ZIL10FCRB054AAA 5
4. A unidirectional sprocket (1) placed in the gearbox

output shaft pinion allows the feeder to be reversed
by means of the slug wrench as shown in Figure 4
(this technical solution is available only for models
CropCutter™ cutting in Capacity models, the drive
chain must be laid off).
5. Pull out the crop to the front of the pickup.
6. Get back in the tractor and reengage the PTO
ZIL10FCRB129AAA 6
6 - 14
Conveyor chain blockages

In extreme conditions, it is possible that the cut out clutch
breaks loose, without any blockages in the pick-up-rotor
area.
Should this happen, it is most likely that a blockage oc-

curred inside the bale chamber (stones, branches, other)
between the bars of the conveyor chain.
Open the tailgate to gain access to the conveyor drive
chain.
1. DANGER
Crush hazard! The tailgate may close
faster than you can move away.
ALWAYS make sure the tailgate lockout
valves are in the OFF (locked) position be-
fore working under a raised tailgate. In
the event of a sudden loss of hydraulic
pressure, the tailgate will fall if the lock-
out valves are not engaged. Stand clear of
the tailgate before disengaging the lock-
out valves. ZIL10FCRB075AAA 7
Failure to comply will result in death or

serious injury.
D0002A
2. Lay off the conveyor drive chain.

1. Using the slug wrench, rotate the conveyor drive
shaft counterclockwise to clear the blockage.
Remove any foreign object and/or crop from be-
tween the conveyor bars.
Remove the slug wrench from the conveyor drive
shaft, re install the drive chain. Get back into the
tractor and reengage the PTO at low idle speed.
Check if everything is OK and continue baling.
ZIL10FCRB076AAA 8
6 - 15

The rotor reverser (1) is used to clear blocked crop from
the baler and is operated from the tractor when connected
to the tractor hydraulic system.
ATTENTION: Do not run the PTO with the rotor reverser
because damage to the shearbolt or baler will occur.
NOTICE: Regardless of tractor type the rotor reverser
must have a continuous oil flow of a minimum 20 l/min
for correct operation on a single‐acting valve on the trac-
tor.
One push of the hydraulic lever in the tractor will reverse
the rotor by 2 notches on the rotor reverser sprocket. ZIL10FCRB139AAA 9
Operating the reverser is the same procedure for a double

acting valve as for a (dual line, free return) single acting
valve.
Locate the hoses in the valve outlets such that the cylin-
der moves in the desired direction when moving the lever,
i.e. pulling the lever towards you retracts the cylinder, re-
versing the rotor rotation.
Operate the reverser a few times to purge air:

• Pull the lever to retract the cylinder full stroke (tractor
relief valve blowing) the ratchet pawl engages in the
ratchet wheel and the rotor reverses.
• Release the lever to neutral position. The mechan-
ical linkage (spring activated) will make the cylinder
extend by itself to return and reset the ratchet.
• Repeat a couple of times. Check that the linkage
resets correctly under the spring tension (cylinder
fully extending, lifting the pawl 3 - 5 mm clear of the
top of the ratchet teeth). If the pawl does not reset
correctly, check for binding linkages, pivot bolts too
tight; misalignment of the linkages.
• The pawl is provided with a shearbolt. Should the
pawl remain engaged in the ratchet wheel and the
baler is started for normal operation, the shearbolt
(2) will fail.
• Release the lever to neutral position.
• Wait a few seconds for the reverser linkage to reset
(cylinder extending full stroke).
• Activate the reverser a few times.
NOTICE: Do not stroke the cylinder more than 4 to 5
strokes in reverse, or lumps of crop will carry back-
wards overtop of the rotor and will damage the rotor
scrapers or rotor scraper support bar when reengag-
ing the rotor for normal operation.
6 - 16
Cleared blockage
WARNING
Crush hazard resulting from entanglement!
After clearing a blockage, re-distribute the crop
material in a windrow. Never attempt to feed
crop material into the machine with hands, feet,
or other objects.
ous injury.
W0036A
• Restart the baler, run the tractor engine at low idle

speed and engage the PTO.
• If the plug is not pulled through, repeat the procedure
until the rotor will rotate in the normal direction.
In the unlikely event, manually remove some of the
crop out of the pickup.
• When using the cutter, insert the knives when the
baler is back to normal operation.
NOTICE: Always stop the tractor and baler before
operating the reverser (1). If the reverser is oper-
ated during baler operation a shearbolt (2) will fail
designed to avoid damage to the baler.
General operating tips

• For good bale starts, reduce forward speed at the
beginning of bale formation.
• For well shaped and dense bales, reduce forward
speed near completion of bale formation. This will
allow some relaxation time for the incoming crop to
be well compressed, resulting in a tight, waterproof
outer layer with good conservation characteristics.
• Prevent stones, boards or other foreign materials
from entering the baler to avoid damage to the ma-
chine components.
• Do not back up the baler over the windrow, this to
prevent material from being wedged between the
floor roll and the pickup frame.
• Avoid driving the pickup wheels over the windrow
(especially when baling on the headlands), as this
may cause blockages and wrapping around the
pickup wheels and centering augers, as well as
between the pickup side sheets and the windguard
baffle plate.
• Keep in mind that the pickup centering augers only
serve to take up irregularities in the windrow. So,
when feeding the sides of the bale chamber, do not
drive "on the augers" to avoid blockages in this area.
In this case, feed the windrow to the sides of the 140
cm wide rotor feeder, which in turn will fill the sides
of the 120 cm wide bale chamber.
6 - 17

The cutter actuator (1) engages and disengages the cut-
ter knives. A variable position sensor (2), connected to
the actuator rod by means of linkages, generates the sig-
nals the controller needs to determine the position of the
actuator and the position of the knives).

knives in and out as selected and programmed by the
operator.
ZIL10FCRB080AAA 1

Knife selection control CropCutter™ cutter
model
WARNING
When assembling, operating, or servicing the
machine, wear protective clothing and PPE
necessary for the particular procedure. Some
PPE that may be necessary includes protective
shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat,
heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protec-
tion.
ous injury. ZIL10FCRB270AAA 1
W0353A
The knife selection latch (5) unites the knife control arm
(3) with the knife selection shaft (6) and hub (7). It allows
instant selection of the number of knives to be used. The
hub (7) has 3 holes, each marked (in the casting) with the
number of knives that will be engaged: 15, 7, 8, or 0.
To select the number of knives:

1. Turn the latch (5) to unlock from the hub (7).
2. Use the slug wrench to turn the shaft and hub to the
desired position, and turn counterclockwise!
3. Reengage the latch (5).
ZIL10FCRB089AAA 2
6 - 18
CropCutter™ Cutter knives

1. Place the slug wrench on the knife selection shaft
and insert the knives manually by turning the wrench
counter-clockwise until the knife control arm bottoms
out in the slot of the cylinder breakaway link.
2. Take out the knives and clean the crop buildup. An
access hole (1) is provided in the cutter frame side
sheet.
ZIL10FCRB128AAA 3
3. Reinstall the knives and switch back to automatic

operation mode.
4. Observe the cutter cylinder going through its extend/
retract cycle to bring the knives in the cut position.
For more details on troubleshooting CropCutter™ cutter

problems, Refer to Fault Finding Section.
5. Start baling. The incoming crop will now be cut.
6. When the density of the bale reaches a certain value
(determined by the set uncut outer layer size), the
CropCutter™ cutter cylinder will automatically re-
tract the knives to the home position. The operator
panel will indicate completion, and this leaves an un-
cut outer layer around the bale, for better weathering
and handling characteristics.
If an uncut layer thickness of 0 was selected (no uncut

layer), the CropCutter™ cutter knives will stay in the cut
position all the time.
7. When the bale reaches the preset full density, the
alarm sounds and the wrap cycle starts automati-
cally.
8. After wrapping, open the tailgate to eject the bale. If
an uncut outer layer was selected, the CropCutter™
cutter cylinder will now extend/retract to bring the
knives back to the cut position.
9. Close and latch the tailgate. Check the result for
bale density, and uncut outer layer size. Change
settings if desired.
6 - 19
Number of knives
Up to 15 knives can be mounted in the CropCutter™ cutter
module. The knife selection shaft (3), Figure 5, provides
the possibility to quickly select a different number of cut-
ting knives as desired.
A quick selection of 7, 8, or 15 knives can be made without

having to take out knives Figure 4.
ZIL10FCRB210AAA 4
To select the desired number of knives:
1. Turn the latch (2) to unlock the knife control arm (1)
from the knife selection shaft (3) and hub (4).
2. Use the slug wrench to turn the shaft (and hub)
counter-clockwise to the desired position.
NOTE: The configuration of 7 or 8 knives allows the oper-
ator to use half of the knife bank only to start the day with
a bank of 7 sharp knives. Then as the knife edges dull,
change to the already sharp bank of 8 knives.
ZIL10FCRB117AAA 5
3. After selection has been made, reengage the latch

in one of the 3 holes in the hub to reunite the knife
control arm with the selection shaft and hub. The
number of knives selected (8, 7 or 15) is stamped
near the corresponding hole in the selection hub.
NOTE: When making knife selection, place the cutter
cylinder in the cut position for easy access to the knife
selection latch.
ZIL10FCRB058AAA 6
Knife and blanks storage tray

At the left hand side of the machine a storage box is pro-
vided for the knives or blank plates.
ZIL10FCRB187AAA 7
6 - 20
To take the knives out
1. Place the CropCutter™ cutter cylinder in the cut

position, knives protruding from the feeder bottom
plate.
2. Select all 15 knives, see above.
3. Lift handle (2) from positioning hole (4) to positioning
hole (1) to unlock the knives on the holder shaft (3).
4. Open the tailgate.
ATTENTION: Do not work under a raised tailgate un-
less the tailgate lock‐out valve is in the locked posi-
tion. ZIL10FCRB446AAA 8
5. The knives can now be taken out without any tools,

as shown in Figure 9.
ATTENTION: Turn the cutter power OFF when
reaching into the cutter knife area. Wear safety
gloves when reaching into the knife area.
6. After knives have been taken out and/or reinstalled,
DO NOT FORGET TO RE-LOCK THE KNIVES on
the knife holder shaft by lowering handle (2) to hole
(4) Figure 8.
ATTENTION: If the knives are not re-locked serious
damage to the knives and the machine may result.
ZIL10FCRB270AAA 9
6 - 21

NET PLASTIC ROLLS
The roll holder will accept rolls up to 340 mm (13.4 in)
outer diameter and up to 1300 mm (51.2 in) overall width
(i.e. the width of the cardboard core). The core inner
diameter should not exceed 75 mm (3.0 in).
The width of the net itself should be between 1200 - 1300
mm (47.2 - 51.2 in). Using a narrower material will lead to
reduced coverage on the bale ends. Net material is avail-
able in different strengths and roll sizes (metres per roll),
depending on the net manufacturer. Choose a good qual-
ity net, material with a minimum breaking strength of 1400
N (314.7 lb) to reduce the risk of net wrapping problems
(e.g. net tearing during wrapping or after ejection, net not
spreading enough).
Choose a good quality wrap material. It is possible that,
if using low quality net no problem will be apparent at the ZDA2601A 1
time of baling, but deterioration may occur afterwards dur-

ing handling or storage. Once adjusted right, there is no
need to readjust the net brake compensation system for
a complete net roll. Net tension will be equal for a full di-
ameter roll (new roll), as well as for a small diameter roll
(empty roll).
For more details on adjusting the net brake system, refer
to FAULT FINDING.
However, in very springy crop, it might happen that the
net is too tight on the ejected bale, making it sensitive
to shearing during handling, transport or storage. This is
caused by the expanding crop when the bale is ejected.
In these conditions it may be necessary to:
• Reduce the net tension applied by brake (2) by releasing
the secondary net brake spring (1)
• Increase the number of wraps programmed on the mon-
itor.
• Decrease full bale density setting on the monitor.
• Use higher quality net. In extreme conditions, problems
with the net wrap cycle may occur, such as:
• The net having difficulties to start on the bale.
• Net wrapping around the stripper roll. In these condi-
tions, do not stop immediately at the ”full bale” signal, but
keep feeding the windrow at reduced forward speed until
the net is picked up by the bale. Watch the rolling of the
net visible through the inspection holes in the front guard.
Then stop immediately to let the entire wrap cycle take
place.
If, as described above, the operator does not stop imme-
diately at the ”full bale” signal, the density of the bale will
keep building up until windrow feeding is interrupted. As
a consequence, the density of the wrapped bale will be
higher than the selected full bale density on the monitor.
In this case, decrease full bale density setting if neces-
sary.
NOTE: The normal cutter knife is not always capable of
cutting very strong wrap material. For further information
see ACCESSORIES.
6 - 22
Net plastic wrapper actuator sensor

The wrapper actuator (2) drives the duckbill and knife as-
sembly and connected to the actuator rod by means of
linkages. A variable position sensor (1) is mounted on
the actuator body.
This generates the signals the controller needs to deter-

mine the duckbill home, insert, and precut positions. The
controller supplies power to the actuator for wrapping the
bale.
ZIL10FCRB273AAA 2
Net Installation [25787254]

Loading net or plastic
WARNING
ous injury.
W0227A
The baler provides the possibility of loading net rolls of

120 - 130 cm wide, with a maximum roll diameter of 34
cm. When using 130 cm wide net, it will be wrapped up to
the bale's edges, improving bale stability during handling
and transport.
ATTENTION: Load a net roll only when the tractor and
machine are stopped. Be sure everybody is clear of the
baler before activating the twine tubes or the duckbill/knife
assembly. Switch the Bale Command Plus monitor sys-
tem to manual operation mode to disable all automatic
functions. A full net roll can weigh up to 39 kg (86.0 lb).
It may be needed to get help from a second person when
loading net.
Open the right side access door and lift the brake release
lever (1) until it engages in upper position.
ZIL10FCRB266AAA 1
6 - 23
Lift and swing out the spindle (4).
Remove the hairpin cotter (5) and slide the brake disc
assembly (1) off the spindle.
NOTE: Hold the net or plastic roll in place and turn the
net brake disc (1) (Figure 2 and Figure 3) anti-clockwise
when you pull it off the spindle (4).
This to avoid possible failure of lugs (2) (Figure 2) and to
make the removal easier.
Install a new net or plastic roll on the spindle, in a way that

the net will be fed "over the top". Force the net‐plastic core
tube over the cone (3) on the left side of the spindle.
Loosen the set screw of the lock ring (2) and reinstall the
net brake assembly and cotter pin.
ZIL10FCRB115AAA 2
NOTE: Hold the net or plastic roll in place and turn the
net brake disc (1) anti-clockwise when you install it on the
spindle (4), Figure 2. This to avoid possible failure of lugs
(2) and to make the installation easier.
ZIL10FCRB281AAA 3
Unroll approximately 1 m of net or plastic.
Route the net or plastic under the net metering roll (3),
over the upper spreader roll (1) and under the lower
spreader roll (2). Refer to routing decal on the baler side
sheet.
ZIL10FCRB127AAA 4
6 - 24
Insert the net or plastic in between the duckbill baffle

plates (1) using the net insert tool (2) (stored in roll box),
leaving a tail of approximately 20 cm protruding the
duckbill nose.
NOTE: It is not necessary to spread the net full width in the
duckbill, as this will be done automatically during the first
revolution when the net or plastic is picked up by the bale.
Therefore, select 3 wraps on the Bale Command Plus™
monitor panel to wrap the first bale after loading a new
net roll or plastic. Then programme the normal number of
wraps again.
ZIL10FCRB099AAA 5
Lift the net roll spindle back into the cradle in the baler
frame side sheet. Turn the brake disc clockwise to take
up the slack in the net‐plastic routing.
Reapply the brake by lowering the brake release handle.
After loading is completed, centre the roll in the baler. Re-

locate the hairpin cotter (1) near the centering cone on the
left side of the roll spindle.
Adjust the lock ring (2) to contact the roll core tube and
tighten the set screw.
ZIL10FCRB282AAA 6
If the roll core tube is not secured tight enough between

the lock ring and the centering cone, the roll will wobble
and start moving left and right, resulting in wrapping prob-
lems (inaccurate number of wraps, poor net spreading).
Close the front access door and watch roll rotation and
standstill through the holes (1) in the front guard.
ZIL10FCRB116AAA 7
Additional net roll storage

A basket is provided to store a spare net‐plastic roll. Keep
the spare net roll in its original packing until the moment
it will be used.
The basket can be removed to ease servicing the baler.
There is also a storage shelf for one roll above the roll in
use at the front of the baler.
ZIL10FCRB268AAA 8
6 - 25
Net Installation [25783087]

Metering roller
Net or plastic metering roller sensor
A sensor (1) and magnet monitor standstill or rotation of
the metering roller (2). The sensor is a magnetically acti-
vated solid‐state switch. When the magnet is close to the
sensor, the circuit is closed. When the magnet is away
from the sensor, the circuit is open.
When the roller rotates, the signals tell the controller the
number of revolutions it makes. This indicates that the
net has started to wrap on the bale and determines the
amount of net to be wrapped on the bale in accordance
with the number of wraps selected by the operator.
ZIL10FCRB095AAA 1
duckbill from "insert" to "precut" and back to "home" posi-
tion.

Net, Plastic wrapping
The roll holder will accept rolls up to 340 mm outer diam-
eter and up to 1300 mm overall width (i.e. the width of
the cardboard core). The core inner diameter should not
exceed 75 mm.
The width of the net or plastic itself should be between

1200 mm and 1300 mm.
Using a narrower material will lead to reduced coverage

on the bale ends.
Net and plastic material is available in different strengths

and roll sizes (metres per roll), depending on the
net‐plastic manufacturer.
Choose a good quality net, material with a minimum

breaking strength of 1400 N to reduce the risk of net
wrapping problems (e.g. net tearing during wrapping or
after ejection, net not spreading enough).
Choose a good quality plastic material.
It is possible that, if using low quality net or plastic no prob-

lem will be apparent at the time of baling, but deterioration
may occur afterwards during handling or storage.
Once adjusted right, there is no need to readjust the net

brake compensation system for a complete net roll. Net
tension will be equal for a full diameter roll (new roll), as
well as for a small diameter roll (empty roll). For more
details on adjusting the net brake system, refer to Trouble
Shooting Section.
When switching over from net to plastic or vice versa the

brake compensation system need to be re adjusted, refer
to Trouble Shooting Section.
6 - 26
However, in very springy crop, it might happen that the net

or plastic is too tight on the ejected bale, making it sensi-
tive to shearing during handling, transport or storage. This
is caused by the expanding crop when the bale is ejected.
In these conditions it may be necessary to:

• Reduce the net tension applied by brake (2) by re-
leasing the secondary net brake spring (1) Figure 1.
• Increase the number of wraps programmed on the
Bale Command Plus™ operator panel.
• Decrease full bale density setting on the Bale Com-
mand Plus™ operator panel.
ZIL10FCRB295AAA 1
• Use higher quality net or plastic.
In extreme conditions, problems with the net‐plastic wrap

cycle may occur, such as:
• The net or plastic having difficulties to start on the
bale.
• Net‐plastic wrapping around the stripper roll.
In these conditions, do not stop immediately at the "full

bale" signal, but keep feeding the windrow at reduced for-
ward speed until the net or plastic is picked up by the bale.
Watch the rolling of the net or plastic visible through the in-
spection holes in the front guard. Then stop immediately
to let the entire wrap cycle take place.

diately at the "full bale" signal, the density of the bale will
higher than the selected full bale density on the Bale Com-
mand Plus™ operator panel. In this case, decrease full
bale density setting if necessary.
NOTE: The normal cutter knife is not always capable of
cutting very strong plastic material. For further information
see Accessories Section.

Twine wrapper actuator sensor (accessory,
where installed)
The twine wrapper actuator (4) drives the twine tubes (3).
A variable position sensor (1), mounted on the actuator
body and connected to the actuator rod by means of link-
ages. This generates the signals the controller needs to
determine the twine tube "home" and "twine start" posi-
tions.
The controller supplies power to the actuator so it per-

forms the selected wrap pattern.
ZIL10FCRB094AAA 1
6 - 27
Twine Installation [25787474]

Loading twine if twine wrap installed (acces-
sory)
WARNING
ous injury.
W0227A
Virtually any type of twine will suit the baler:

• Sisal twine from 250 - 400 mg/kg (the latter for low
bale weight only, not for silage).
• Polypropylene twine from 350 - 750 mg/kg (the latter
for low bale weight only, not for silage).
The twine storage box can carry up to 6 balls of twine,

depending on twine ball size:
• 4 balls of 285 mm diameter
Open the front access door and place 2 to 6 twine balls in
the storage box.
If 6 balls are used, tie the inside end of each outer ball
(C) directly to the outside end of ball (B). Tie the inside
end of ball (B) to the outside end of ball (A), after routing
it through the metal eyelet (1) in the twine box roof. Tie
the twine tails together with a small square knot and cut
off the tails of this knot.
ZIL10FCRB113AAA 1
Twine ball divider plates (2) assist in keeping the twine

balls in place.
For 6 twine balls used, all 5 divider plates have to be in-

stalled.
For 5 twine balls used, remove 1 divider plate and replace

the other plates to the slots (1).
When 4 balls of 285 mm diameter are used, only the mid-

dle divider plate can be installed.
ZIL10FCRB125AAA 2
6 - 28
Figure 3 and Figure 4 (only 1 ball installed for clarity)
Route the end of each of the 2 middle twine balls through

their respective metal eyelet (1), through the twine clamp
(2) and through the front porcelain guide (4). Wrap the
twine twice around the twine run indicator (3), route the
twine through the rear porcelain guide (7) and through the
metal eyelet (5) on the twine tube support (6).
ZIL10FCRB146AAA 3
NOTE: Make sure the twine routing between twine ball

A and metal eyelet (1) (dotted line in Figure 3) does not
cross/interfere with the twine routing between indicator (3)
and porcelain guide (7). Therefore, the twine between A
and (1) must be "on the outside" compared to the twine
between (3) and (7). Refer to the twine routing decal in
the twine box to route the twine correctly.
ZIL10FCRB126AAA 4
Twine box removed, duckbill inserted for clarity

NOTE: For easy access to the twine tube area, swing out
the roll spindle and bring the duckbill to the insert position.
Do this by pressing the EXTEND key in net wrap mode on
the Bale Command Plus™ operator panel.
From the metal eyelet (2) on the twine tube support, route
the twine through the first eyelet (4), under the twine re-
tainer (1) and through the second eyelet (4) in the twine
tubes, and clamp it in the twine clamp‐and‐stop devices
(3), leaving a tail of approximately 10 - 15 cm.
NOTE: After twine routing has been completed, retract the
duckbill to the home position by pressing the RETRACT ZIL10FCRB064AAA 5
key on the Bale Command Plus™ operator panel.
Reinstall the roll spindle.

Close the front access door and watch rotation and stand-
still of the twine run indicators through the holes (1) in the
front shield.
ZIL10FCRB114AAA 6
6 - 29
In extreme conditions, such as very dry and slippery straw,

the twine tails may have difficulties to start on the bale. In
these conditions, do not stop immediately at the "full bale"
signal, but keep feeding the windrow at reduced forward
speed until the twines are picked up by the bale. Watch
the start of both twines on the twine run indicators, visible
through the inspection holes in the front guard. Then stop
immediately to let the entire wrap cycle take place.

diately at the "full bale" signal, the density of the bale will
higher than the selected full bale density on the Bale Com-
mand Plus™ operator panel. In this case, decrease full
bale density setting if necessary.
Too much twine tension will cause the twine to depress
into the bale and may result in excess spoilage in those
areas. In this case, release twine tension on the twine
tensioners (1).
Also twine start is very much affected by twine tension. In

case of difficult twine start, release twine tension as much
as possible.
ZIL10FCRB147AAA 7
Bale density [25779782]

A spring‐loaded feeler rod (4) through the frame mem-
ber (1) contacts the tailgate frame member (2). A linkage
connects the feeler rod to the bale density variable posi-
tion sensor (5). The sensor generates a signal to the con-
troller, proportional to the amount of tailgate movement (in
turn a function of the bale density).
The controller converts the signal to a bale density figure

displayed on the operator panel. The signal also tells the
controller to start the wrap cycle when the selected density
is reached. There is a bale density sensor on both sides
of the baler. The controller also uses the signals from both
sensors to form the drive left - drive right instructions on
the bale shape bar graphs display on the operator panel. ZIL10FCRB272AAA 1
6 - 30

Bale density At initial start‐off with a new baler, select a lower full bale
density for the first bales until the paint inside the bale
Bale density is determined by many variables including chamber has become polished.
type and condition of the crop, method of preparing the
crop, moisture content, size and shape of the windrow Feed rate
and travel speed. Bale density can be controlled by in-
creasing or decreasing the volume of the windrow and by The amount of time the material spends in the bale cham-
altering the ground speed. ber has an important effect on bale density. If large volu-
minous windrows are fed into the baler quickly, the den-
Mechanical bale density adjustment can be controlled sity of the ejected bales will be lower than if a lower rate
from the tractor seat by altering the full bale density of feed is used.
setting on the display monitor.
A longer cycle time will result in denser bales, but crop
Experience has shown that the best quality bales (with loss and baling capacity will decrease. The operator
regard to making, handling, storing and feeding) result if should learn to adjust ground speed in order to provide a
the operator keeps the following points in mind: feed rate consistent with optimum performance.
Full bale density setting For well shaped and dense bales, reduce forward speed
near completion of bale formation. This will allow some
Full bale density is determined by the amount of tailgate relaxation time for the incoming crop to be well com-
opening during bale formation and is controlled from the pressed, resulting in a tight, waterproof outer layer with
tractor seat by altering the full bale density setting on the good conservation characteristics.
Bale Command Plus™ monitor. Full bale density can be
set from 10 to 100 percent in steps of 10 percent. Windrow size
Depending on crop conditions, recommended full bale Refer to chapter "Windrow size - Feeding the windrow -
density settings are: Bale formation".
•
Systematic procedure when starting to bale
30 maximum at first start‐off:
ATTENTION: Before starting the baler ensure that ev-
• eryone is clear of the machine and that all guards are in
10 to 30 for hay crops, to allow aeration and breath- place.
ing of the bale core during conservation.
The procedure below outlines the steps to be taken at the
• beginning of each new field.
50 to 80 for straw and silage crops, to ensure maxi- Special attention will be paid to precautions to be taken
mum density of the bales. when making the first bales at initial start‐off.
• 1.
Very high densities can be achieved with top set- Check if the baler is properly loaded with net or plas-
ting, but will result in higher power needs and higher tic or twine if the twine kit is installed (accessory).
maintenance costs.
2.
NOTICE: Some crops (e.g. wet silage) can result in bales
exceeding the maximum weight limit of 800 kg (1763.7 Bale Command Plus™ Operating system
lb). It is then extremely important to reduce full bale den-
sity to keep weight within these limitations. In this case, If the baler was previously used on net or plastic wrap ap-
decrease full bale density setting by 10 to 20. plication and is now being set for twine (accessory) with-
draw the net or plastic from the duckbill.
On CropCutter™ cutter machines, cutting the incoming
crop results in a considerable increase of bale density, In the opposite case, when changing from twine (acces-
for equal full bale density setting. If this should lead to sory) to net‐plastic wrap application, it is recommended
overweight bales, select a lower full bale density setting. to withdraw the twine out of the twine tubes to prevent
the twine from being caught by the running net during the
Continuously making overweight bales may appreciably wrap cycle.
reduce baler life.
6 - 31
3. For more details, refer to chapters:
Inspect for and clean any material buildup on the •

stripper roll and between the apron chain and the
Net or plastic wrapping procedure
frame above the stripper roll.
•
4.
Twine wrapping procedure (if twine wrap installed)
Lower the pickup and check for correct pickup
height, suitable for the field to be baled. •
5. Programming an operator twine wrap pattern (PAT
4) (if twine wrap installed)
Set the bale density on the Bale Command Plus™
monitor.
6.
Select net‐plastic or twine wrapping (if installed) and

the desired pattern.
7. For CropCutter™ cutter machines, turn ON or OFF
selection.
8. Make sure the tailgate is closed and latched. The
cylinders must be fully retracted, and the tailgate
latch hooks pulled up and engaged in the density
cylinder pins.
9. Verify on the Bale Command Plus™ monitor that all
baler components are in the correct position:
• Tailgate closed and latched ("tailgate" pointer solid)
• Twine tubes/duckbill actuator in the home position
("actuator" pointer solid) If wine wrap is installed (ac-
cessory).
• For CropCutter™ cutter machines: "cutter" pointer
solid (knives cutting) or off CropCutter™ cutter
power turned off.
Cutter off
ZIL10FCRB199AAA 1
6 - 32
Cutter on
ZIL10FCRB022AAA 2
10. Engage the PTO Less shock is transmitted to the

driveline if the tractor is set at low idle speed before
engagement. After the baler is running, adjust the
tractor throttle to 540 revs/min PTO speed.
11. Start baling.
12. The whole baling process, bale formation, bale
shape indication, reaching full bale density,
net‐plastic/twine wrap cycle and bale ready for ejec-
tion message can be observed on the monitor.
Net or plastic wrapping procedure

Net‐plastic wrapping is automatically controlled by the
Bale Command Plus™ monitor system. For more details,
refer to Controls / Instruments.
Below is the systematic procedure for net‐plastic

wrapping:
1. Turn the monitor power on.
2. Programme the baling parameters on the Bale Com-
mand Plus™ monitor:
A. Select NET WRAP mode only if TWINE WRAP KIT

is installed (accessory).
B. Select AUTOMATIC operation mode.
C. Set the desired BALE DENSITY.
D. Set the desired number of WRAPS.
E. Reset the daily bale count to 0.
F. For CropCutter™ cutter machines, make cutter
ON/OFF selection.
3. Engage the PTO.
6 - 33
4. Open, close and latch the tailgate. The "tailgate"

pointer will turn on solid and the monitor shows the
"ready to bale" status.
ZIL10FCRB223AAA 3
5. Start baling and observe the monitor display. Watch

the increase in density (in steps of 2) and the bar
graphs of the bale shape indicator.
ZIL10FCRB224AAA 4
6. When the bale has reached the set full bale density
(e.g. 50), the alarm will sound for 3 s and the full bale
message will be displayed. Stop forward motion of
the tractor. Do not disengage the PTO.
NOTE: Make sure to drive over the centre of the
windrow, just prior to stopping forward motion.
7. After a 2 s delay, the wrapper is automatically acti-
vated and the duckbill inserts to feed the net or plas-
tic to the bale.
Refer to General Information, Controls / Instruments for

more details on how the wrapper mechanism operates
whilst the Bale Command Plus™ system activates the net ZIL10FCRB116AAA 5
actuator.
8. Wait and observe the monitor displaying a solid
"wrap bale" pointer, indicating the net or plastic is
picked up by the bale. Net‐plastic start and cut is
also visible through the holes H in the baler front
guard.
NOTE: If the monitor displays an error message as
shown, then it is likely that the net has not been picked
up by the bale.
Do not eject the bale.
ZIL10FCRB236AAA 6
6 - 34
A. Press the CLEAR key.
ZIL10FCRB014AAA 7
B. RETRACT the actuator to the home position.
ZIL10FCRB229AAA 8
C. Solve the problem and rewrap the bale with the

WRAP key.
For more details on solving net or plastic wrap prob-
lems, refer to Troubleshooting.
ZIL10FCRB237AAA 9
9. When the net‐plastic wrap cycle is finished, the

monitor shows the "eject bale" status and the alarm
sounds for 2 s.
10. Eject the bale. Do not disengage the PTO.
ZIL10FCRB202AAA 10
6 - 35
11. Close and latch the tailgate. This will cause the mon-
itor to return to the "ready to bale" status, with a solid
"tailgate" pointer.
12. Check the result for bale density and number of
wraps.
If not acceptable, change the number of wraps:

• Increase the number of wraps for improved bale sta-
bility and handling characteristics.
• Decrease the number of wraps for faster wrapping
and cost saving, e.g. for bales that will be wrapped
with plastic film afterwards.
ZIL10FCRB225AAA 11
NOTE: The net wrap cycle is self‐adjusting to variations in
PTO. speed. The set number of wraps will be constant ir-
respective of the PTO. speed during the wrap cycle. How-
ever, a wrap cycle carried out at reduced PTO. speed will
take longer than one carried out at 540 revs/min.
Twine wrapping procedure if twine wrap is

installed (accessory)
For optimum appearance, handling and weathering char-
acteristics, space the twine wraps 130 - 180 mm apart.
The amount of twine used to wrap a bale is determined by

the speed at which the twine arms move across the bale
in conjunction with the PTO. speed (related to it, the bale
rotation speed).
After the bale has reached the desired density, stop for-
ward motion but do not disengage the PTO as it may be
difficult to restart bale rotation. ZIL10FCRB140AAA 12
To control twine placement at each end of the bale, ad-

justable twine stops (1) can be moved.
Twine run indicators (1) which are visible through the front
guard, inform the operator if the left and right twine have
started to wrap.
Twine wrapping and wrap pattern is automatically con-
trolled by the Bale Command Plus™ system. For more
details refer to Controls / Instruments.
ZIL10FCRB114AAA 13
6 - 36
Below is the systematic procedure for wrapping the bale

with twine:
1. Turn the Bale Command Plus™ monitor on.

2. Programme the baling parameters on the Bale Com-
mand Plus™ monitor:
A. Select TWINE WRAP mode.

B. Select AUTOMATIC operation mode.
C. Set the desired BALE DENSITY.
D. Select a twine wrap pattern, either fac-
tory‐programmed patterns 1, 2, 3, or operator
twine programme PAT 4. Verify the latter has been
programmed before.
E. Reset daily bale count to 0.

F. For CropCutter™ machines, make cutter ON/OFF
selection.
3.
Engage the PTO.

4. Open, close and latch the tailgate. The "tailgate"
pointer will turn on solid and the monitor shows the
"ready to bale" status.
5. Start baling and observe the monitor display. Watch
the increase in bale density and the bar graphs of the
bale shape indicator; when the bale reaches half the
selected density (30 if the set value is 60), the twine
arms lower to the insert position.
ZIL10FCRB065AAA 14
6. When the bale has reached the set full bale density
(e.g. 60), the monitor will display the full bale mes-
sage and the alarm will sound for 3 s. Stop forward
movement of the tractor. Do not disengage the PTO.
7. Now, the duckbill inserts to feed both twine ends to
the bale.
Refer to General Information, Controls / Instruments
for more details on how the twine wrapper operates
whilst the Bale Command Plus™ system activates
the twine and net actuator.
8. Wait and observe the twine run indicators rotation,
to make sure the twines are picked up by the bale.
ZIL10FCRB067AAA 15
6 - 37
NOTE: In critical crop conditions keep feeding the

windrow after the full bale signal, then stop at once when
the twines start running.
If a twine is not picked up, the bale will be wrapped only

on one side.
Do not eject the bale, but proceed as follows:
• press the wrap key;
• the wrapping cycle stops;
• the twine arms retract to the home position;
• the twine is cut;
• a new twine wrapping cycle starts again. ZIL10FCRB237AAA 16
• If the twine or the net actuator stalls for 5 s, the "wrap

bale" pointer will be flashing, an error message ap-
pears and the alarm will sound.
NOTICE: If the supply voltage to the controller drops
below 8.2 V for any reason the display will show
(bAtt) battery error, the alarm will sound and the
net and twine actuators will not operate. This error
can be cleared by pressing the CLEAR key but only
when the supply voltage recovers above 9 V.
ZIL10FCRB297AAA 17
• Press the CLEAR key to clear the alarm and the error
message.
ZIL10FCRB014AAA 18
• Take appropriate action to solve the problem and

rewrap the bale with the WRAP key (refer to trou-
bleshooting).
ZIL10FCRB239AAA 19
6 - 38
9. When wrapping is finished, the monitor displays the

"eject bale" message and the alarm sounds for 2 s.
10. Eject the bale.
NOTE: Do not disengage the PTO.
ZIL10FCRB049AAA 20
11. Close and latch the tailgate. This will cause the mon-
itor display to return to the "ready to bale" status, with
a solid "tailgate" pointer.
12. Check the result for bale density and wrap pattern.
If the wrap pattern is not acceptable:
• Select another wrap pattern, or

• Change the number of end wraps, or
• Programme another operator twine pattern (PAT
4). Refer to the chapter "Programming an operator
twine wrap pattern".
NOTE: The twine wrap patterns are not ZIL10FCRB199AAA 21
self‐adjusting to variations in PTO. speed at which
the bale is wrapped. The number of wraps in each
factory‐programmed pattern is based on a 540
RPM PTO. speed. Less wraps will result if the PTO.
speed is reduced during the wrap cycle.
If, for any reason, the PTO. speed has to be reduced dur-
ing wrapping, move to the next pattern higher up.
Programming an operator twine wrap pat-

tern ("PAT 4") if twine wrap is installed (ac-
cessory)
Principle
Prior to starting to programme, make sure the twine and
net actuator are in the home position ("actuator" pointer
solid).
If not, press the RETRACT key until the "actuator" pointer

for both the net and twine actuator stays on solid.
ZIL10FCRB229AAA 22
6 - 39
Enter the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode to go to page

1. This is the TWINE LEARN page. The "twine" pointer
will be on solid and the "wrap" pointer will be flashing.
ZIL10FCRB231AAA 23
If the number on the right side of the display is a 0, this

indicates there is no operator twine wrap pattern installed.
In this case, an operator pattern can be installed straight

away.
If the number on the right side of the display is not a 0, this

indicates there is already an operator pattern installed.
The number indicates the number of steps in the pattern.
This pattern can either be used, or cleared if not suitable.

It is not possible to write a new pattern without first clearing
the previous pattern.
ZIL10FCRB232AAA 24
To clear the previous pattern
Press and hold the clear key for one second. The step
count resets to 0 and the alarm will sound for one second
to confirm the programmed pattern has been erased.
Now a new pattern can be installed.
ZIL10FCRB197AAA 25
To install a new pattern
Press and hold the EXTEND key to extend the twine ac-
tuator and move the twine tubes to the insert position.
When the twine actuator reaches the insert position, it

stops; now, release the control (the numeric signals re-
mains zero).
ZIL10FCRB207AAA 26
6 - 40
Press again, for one second, the EXTEND key; now the
DUCKBILL moves to the insert position, stops at the insert
position for one second and then retracts to the precut
position. The twine dwell time for the starting wraps will
start when the net actuator starts retracting to the precut
position. Allow sufficient dwell time for the starting wraps
to be placed on the bale.
ZIL10FCRB208AAA 27
Press and release the RETRACT key and retract the twine
actuator in steps to place the twine on the bale in the de-
sired pattern. If desired, press the EXTEND key alter-
nately to crosswrap the twine on the bale. Every time the
RETRACT or EXTEND key is pressed, the step count on
the display will increase by one.
When the twine actuator reaches the preset location for

the end wraps to be placed on the sides of the bale, the
alarm will sound for one second. This is to warn the op-
erator to release the RETRACT key for dwelling the twine
end wraps before retracting to the home position. How-
ever, the operator can ignore this signal if the end wraps
have been placed at a prior location. Allow sufficient dwell ZIL10FCRB069AAA 28
time for the end wraps to be placed on the sides of the
bale.
Press the RETRACT key to retract the twine actuator
completely to the home position. Upon reaching the
home position, the actuator will stop retracting and the
alarm will sound for one second. Release the RETRACT
key.
ZIL10FCRB222AAA 29
Now the duckbill will automatically start moving to the

home position to pull up the knife and cut the twine. Upon
reaching the home position, the net actuator will stop re-
tracting and the "eject bale" pointer will be flashing, indi-
cating the end of the operator twine pattern programming.
ZIL10FCRB070AAA 30
6 - 41
NOTE: If, during programming PAT 4, the actuator is left

dwelling for two minutes, this will automatically end the
TWINE LEARN process. The alarm will sound and the
"eject bale" pointer will be flashing, indicating the TWINE
LEARN process was not successfully ended.
Redo the exercise and do not dwell for more than two
minutes.
ZIL10FCRB071AAA 31
With more than 31 steps, the TWINE LEARN process

will automatically stop, the alarm will sound and the
"eject bale" pointer will be flashing, indicating the TWINE
LEARN process was not successfully ended.
Redo the exercise and do not exceed 31 steps.
ZIL10FCRB072AAA 32
During programming of an operator twine pattern, the op-

erator has no control of the duckbill movements.
If low battery voltage is detected during programming of

an operator twine pattern, the alarm will sound, the "eject
bale" pointer will be flashing and an error message will be
displayed, indicating the TWINE LEARN process was not
successfully ended.
To determine the number of wraps per dwell position, keep

in mind that one revolution of the bale takes approximately
2.25 s (at 540 RPM PTO. speed).
ZIL10FCRB074AAA 33
Now press the OPEN BOOK key to save the pattern.
The alarm will sound for one second to confirm the pro-
gramming and the display will switch to SETUP AND DI-
AGNOSTIC page 2.
ZIL10FCRB215AAA 34
6 - 42
Exit the SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode. The display

will return to normal operation mode.
The operator twine pattern is now stored in the memory

and ready to be applied in AUTOMATIC mode, whenever
PAT 4 is selected.
NOTE: In PAT 4, it is not possible to alter the number of
end wraps.
ZIL10FCRB066AAA 35
Systematic procedure for programming Crossing the twines at the ends of the bale (end wraps)
"PAT 4" in the field will considerably improve the stability of the twines onto
the bale. Crossing the starting wraps is equally possible.
PAT 4 can be programmed stationary and in the work-
shop, as described in the previous paragraph. 4.
The result will, however, be better if a pattern is pro- When all the steps described in the previous para-
grammed in real baling conditions, on a bale in the bale graph are completed, eject the bale.
chamber. 5.
Proceed as follows: Set the Bale Command Plus™ monitor back in AU-
1. TOMATIC mode of operation.
6.
Set the Bale Command Plus™ controller on MAN-
UAL mode of operation and start baling as usual. Select PAT 4 in twine wrap operation.
This allows the bale to be made with the Bale Com- 7.

mand Plus™ controlling the baling process as usual,
Continue baling. The next bale will be wrapped au-
except at the time the bale reaches the preset den-
tomatically with PAT 4.
sity.
8.
NOTICE: In case the machine is equipped with the
CropCutter™ option, make sure to operate the cut- Observe the result.
ter manually as well, this means to EXTEND and
RETRACT the cutter actuator at appropriate times. If suitable, continue baling.
2.
If not suitable, repeat the programming procedure.
When the bale has reached the preset density, the
alarm will sound, the "full bale" pointer will turn on CropCutter™Cutter operation
and the full bale message will be displayed. How-
ever, the wrap cycle will not start automatically. Operation is automatically controlled by the Bale Com-
3. mand Plus™ operator monitor system. For more details
refer to Controls / Instruments.
Stop forward motion, do not disengage the PTO. nor
eject the bale. Instead, follow all the steps outlined Below is the systematic procedure for automatic Cutter
in the previous paragraph. operation during formation, wrapping and ejection of a
bale.
This will wrap the bale and install an operator twine pat- 1.
tern at the same time.
Turn the Bale Command Plus™ monitor power on.
NOTE: To determine the number of wraps per dwell po-
sition, keep in mind that one revolution of the bale takes 2.
approximately 2.25 s (at 540 RPM PTO. speed).
Operate the baler as usual, selecting either TWINE
Allow the necessary time to place the appropriate number or NET WRAPPING and setting all baling param-
of starting wraps (e.g. 2) and end wraps (e.g. 3). eters as explained in previous paragraphs. Select
AUTOMATIC operation mode.
6 - 43
3. to the full extend position, then retract to the cut

position, to bring the knives in the feeder duct.
Set the uncut outer layer size.
4. The "cutter" pointer will turn on solid to confirm that
the knives are in the cut position.
Press the CropCutter™ cutter ON/OFF key to turn
the cutter power ON. The cutter actuator will extend
6 - 44
NOTE: If, during knife insertion, an error message ap-

pears, then it is likely that crop has built up in the cut-
ter mechanism, which keeps the knives from inserting the
feeder channel.
ZIL10FCRB048AAA 36
Proceed as follows:
A. Clear the alarm.
ZIL10FCRB014AAA 37
B. Clear the alarm.

C. Place the slug wrench on the knife selection shaft
and insert the knives manually by turning the wrench
counterclockwise until the knife control arm bottoms
out in the slot of the actuator breakaway link.
ZIL10FCRB031AAA 38
D. Take out the knives and clean the crop buildup.

An access hole (1) is provided in the CropCutter™
frame side sheet.
ATTENTION: Do not work under a raised tailgate un-
less the tailgate lock‐out valve is in the locked posi-
tion. Wear safety gloves when reaching into the cut-
ter knife area.
E. Reinstall the knives and switch back to automatic

operation mode.
F. Observe the cutter actuator going through its extend/
retract cycle to bring the knives in the cut position.
ZIL10FCRB128AAA 39
6 - 45
For more details on troubleshooting cutter problems, •

refer to Troubleshooting.
When the Bale Command Plus™ monitor system is
5.
in automatic mode of operation, the cutter knives will
not insert if the cutter power is turned on while the
Start baling. The incoming crop will now be cut.
tailgate is open.
6.
NOTICE: If the tailgate is closed later on, the knives will
When the density of the bale reaches a certain value then insert automatically.
(determined by the set uncut outer layer size), the
cutter actuator will automatically retract the knives to For more details on additional automatic functions, refer
the home position. The "cutter" pointer on the mon- to paragraph key and system operation".
itor will start flashing. This leaves an uncut outer
layer around the bale, for better weathering and han- Field operation
dling characteristics.
In stony field conditions, raise the pickup high enough to
If an uncut layer thickness of 0 was selected (no uncut prevent stones from entering the pickup and damaging
layer), the cutter knives will stay in the cut position all the the knives.
time. The "cutter" pointer remains on solid.
To prevent excessive crop loss when operating the cutter
7. system, do not cut unnecessarily short or do not cut at all
when the crop is already short. Increase the thickness of
When the bale reaches the preset full density, the the uncut outer layer and wrap the bale with net or plastic.
alarm sounds and the wrap cycle starts automati-
cally. If the cutter system has not been used for a while, clean
the knife area thoroughly (area underneath the feeder bot-
8.
tom plate) before turning the cutter power on. This is to
After wrapping, open the tailgate to eject the bale. If prevent Bale Command Plus™ monitor operational prob-
an uncut outer layer was selected, the cutter actu- lems as the actuator cannot insert the knives due to crop
ator will now extend/retract to bring the knives back buildup in the knife area.
to the cut position.
Depending on crop and field conditions, and customer
If an uncut layer thickness of 0 was selected (no uncut requirements, make the following settings:
layer), the cutter knives stay in the cut position all the time. •
9. Number of knives engaged (cutting length), refer to
the next paragraph.
Close and latch the tailgate. Check the result for
bale density, wrap pattern and uncut outer layer size. •
Change settings if desired.
Uncut outer layer size (weathering and handling
10. characteristics) refer to paragraph key and system
operation.
Continue baling.
In some conditions, it may be useful to take out both the
For more details on cutter key and system operation, refer left and right outer knife for improved stability and han-
to key and system operation". dling characteristics of fully cut bales.
Safety interlocks
•
In automatic mode of operation, the CUTTER EX-

TEND and CUTTER RETRACT keys are locked out
when the cutter power is turned on.
6 - 46
Tailgate Latch Sensor [25780355]

Tailgate latch sensor
The tailgate latch sensor (6) monitors the position of the
tailgate latch (3).
There is a tailgate latch sensor on one side of the baler.
The tailgate latch switch plays a vital role in various mon-

itor processes:
• If a sensor opens during baling, the controller will ac-

tivate the alarm on the monitor and display an error
message.
• If this happens during a wrap cycle, it will also inter-
rupt the wrap cycle.
ZIL10FCRB272AAA 1
• The sensors must open and the latches must re-
lease when the tailgate is opened to eject the bale.
• When the tailgate is closed, the sensors close
(latches close), the controller uses the sensor signal
to reset the monitor display to the ready to bale
(the next bale status) and adds one bale to the bale
count.
6 - 47
Bale ejection [30275405]

Bale ejection
The completion of bale formation is indicated on the Bale
Command Plus™ monitor panel by the "full bale" mes-
sage. The alarm sounds and the wrap cycle starts (for
automatic mode of operation).
ZIL10FCRB068AAA 1
The completion of the wrap cycle is indicated on the panel

by the "eject bale" message. The alarm sounds and the
"eject bale" symbol appears on the display.
ZIL10FCRB049AAA 2
At this time, operate the tractor hydraulics to raise the

tailgate. The "tailgate" pointer on the operator panel will
start flashing.
The bale ejector (1) Figure 3 rolls the bale out of the bale
chamber far enough to allow closing the tailgate without
having to move the tractor forward.
If the bale does not roll far enough, increase the tension
on the bale ejector springs. If it rolls too far (resulting in
unrolling of the twine), decrease tension on the bale ejec-
tor springs. Refer to chapter "Bale ejector adjustments".
ATTENTION: Never eject or store bales where they could
roll downhill. Make sure the handling equipment will not
upset and will hold the bales in all operating positions. If
you realize the bale is rolling downhill, do not try to stop
it. Leave the machine operating during the bale ejection
ZIL10FCRB118AAA 3
step.
In extreme cases (e.g. bale sticking in the chamber), it

may be necessary to:
• Investigate if the tractor has sufficient hydraulic oil
output to open the tailgate fast enough.
• Decrease full bale density setting on the operator
panel.
6 - 48
Close and latch the tailgate after making sure the ejected
bale is clear of the tailgate. The "tailgate" pointer will turn
on solid, bale count is increased by one and the operator
panel returns to the "ready to bale" status.
ZIL10FCRB065AAA 4
6 - 49
6 - 50
7 - MAINTENANCE
7 - MAINTENANCE
GENERAL INFORMATION
Lubrication [25790830]
Your baler is designed to require a minimum of lubrication. Before greasing always wipe any dirt from the grease fit-
However, regular lubrication is the best insurance against tings and then apply a good grade of grease. Use General
delays and repairs and greatly increases the life of the Purpose grease classified under NLGI Class 2. All points
machine. except those with special notations should be lubricated
until the grease is forced out around the bearings, and
All gearboxes and reservoirs should be checked for leak- then excess grease should be wiped off.
age daily.
Use only top grade lubricants stored in clean vessels.
Lubrication chart
Servicing Amount/unit Lubricant International
Item Brand name Specification
interval (liters) grade specification
10 h: daily - NEW
50 h: weekly - HOLLAND
Grease fittings AMBRA GR-9 NH710A. NLGI 2. -
400 h: annually - MULTI-PURPOSE
GREASE
DIN 51524
NEW HOL-
part2 HV 46
LAND AMBRA NH646BV
Chains 10 h: daily MV 46. ISO VG 46
HYDROSYS- NH646.
API CE-MIL-L-
TEM 46 BIO-S.
2104E
NEW HOL-
LAND AM-
BRA HY- DIN 51524
DROSYSTEM part2 HV 46
Automatic NH646BV
Daily check 3 l (0.8 US gal) 46 BIO-SNEW MV 46. ISO VG 46
chain oiler NH646.
HOLLAND API CE-MIL-L-
AMBRA HY- 2104E
DROSYSTEM
46 BIO-S.
NEW
Main drive HOLLAND API GL5M
Annually 1 l (0.3 US gal) NH520A. SAE 85W-140.
gearbox AMBRA MIL-L-2104 E
HYPOIDE 90.
NEW
Linkages,
HOLLAND API GL5
threaded rods Monthly - NH520A. SAE 80W-90.
AMBRA MIL-L-2105 D
and pivots
HYPOIDE 90.
7-1
7 - MAINTENANCE
Adjustments and maintenance
WARNING
Disengage the Power Take-Off (PTO), turn off the engine, and remove the key. Wait for all movement
to stop before leaving the operator's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean, or unplug machine with
the engine running.
W0227A
DANGER
Unexpected movement!
Make sure parking brake is applied. Secure machine with wheel chocks.
D0013A
DANGER
D0002A
This section contains instructions needed to adjust the •

baler to meet varying crop and operating conditions. The
procedures attempt to define the requirements imposed Ensure all rotating parts have come to a complete
by the varying conditions and to give the adjustable limits. standstill.
A maintenance-quick reference chart is provided at the After lubricating, servicing or adjusting the baler, make
end of this section. sure all tools and equipment have been removed before
operating the baler.
Very little actual maintenance is required to keep the baler
in the field. By making a thorough inspection at the time Reinstall or close all guards after carrying out lubrication
your baler is lubricated, only minor adjustments will be or maintenance work and before operating the baler.
required to keep the baler operating.
Hydraulic system maintenance
Periodically inspect all bolts, sprockets and bearing lock
collars to make sure they are tight. Hydraulic hoses are an important safety element in
modern machinery. However, hose characteristics alter
When tightening bolts, check for required torque values. under pressure, thermal and UV light load over the
Do not overtighten bolts as this may cause them to fail years. Therefore, most hoses now have a production
during operation. date printed on the metal clamp bushing which allows to
determine the age.
Before making any adjustments or performing
maintenance work on the baler, proceed as follows: Legislation in certain countries and good practice requires
• that the hydraulic hoses are replaced when they become
6 years old.
Disengage the PTO drive
• Tailgate lift system hydraulic pickup lift sys-
tem
Engage the tractor hand brake
Check for oil leaks or damaged hoses and tubes daily.
• Tighten fittings or replace components as necessary.
Stop the tractor engine Make sure the hoses are not near to or contacting any
moving parts on the baler or tractor. Check the cylinders
• for leakage and replace the seals, if necessary.
Turn the Bale Command Plus™ monitor power OFF,
unless instructed otherwise, to allow adjustments to
be made.
7-2
7 - MAINTENANCE
Torque charts - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly

[34433528]
METRIC NON-FLANGED HARDWARE
NOM. LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CL.8 W/CL8.8 CL.10
CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and BOLT W/CL10.9
CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.2 N·m (19 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 4.2 N·m (37 lb 2.9 N·m (26 lb
M4 2 N·m (18 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
4.5 N·m (40 lb 5.9 N·m (52 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb 8.5 N·m (75 lb 5.8 N·m (51 lb
M5 4 N·m (36 lb in)
in) in) in) in) in)
7.5 N·m (66 lb 10 N·m (89 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 15 N·m (128 lb 6.8 N·m (60 lb 10 N·m (89 lb
M6
in) in) in) in) in) in)
18 N·m (163 lb 25 N·m (217 lb 26 N·m (234 lb 35 N·m (311 lb 17 N·m (151 lb 24 N·m (212 lb
M8
49 N·m (36 lb 70 N·m (51 lb 33 N·m (25 lb 48 N·m (35 lb
M10 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 52 N·m (38 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
M12 64 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft) ft)
158 N·m (116 lb 210 N·m (155 225 N·m (166 lb 301 N·m (222 143 N·m (106 lb 205 N·m (151 lb
M16
ft) lb ft) ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
M20
M24
NOTE: M4 through M8 hardware torque specifications

are shown in pound-inches. M10 through M24 hardware
torque specifications are shown in pound-feet.
7-3
7 - MAINTENANCE
METRIC FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM. CLASS 8.8 BOLT and CLASS 10.9 BOLT and LOCKNUT LOCKNUT
SIZE CLASS 8 NUT CLASS 10 NUT CL.8 W/CL8.8 CL.10
BOLT W/CL10.9
BOLT
PLATED PLATED
UNPLATED UNPLATED
W/ZnCr W/ZnCr
2.4 N·m (21 lb 3.2 N·m (28 lb 3.5 N·m (31 lb 4.6 N·m (41 lb 2.2 N·m (19 lb 3.1 N·m (27 lb
M4
4.9 N·m (43 lb 6.5 N·m (58 lb 7.0 N·m (62 lb 9.4 N·m (83 lb 4.4 N·m (39 lb 6.4 N·m (57 lb
M5
8.3 N·m (73 lb 11 N·m (96 lb 12 N·m (105 lb 16 N·m (141 lb 7.5 N·m (66 lb 11 N·m (96 lb
M6
M8
54 N·m (40 lb 77 N·m (56 lb
M10 40 N·m (30 lb ft) 57 N·m (42 lb ft) 37 N·m (27 lb ft) 53 N·m (39 lb ft)
ft) ft)
93 N·m (69 lb 100 N·m (74 lb 134 N·m (98 lb
M12 70 N·m (52 lb ft) 63 N·m (47 lb ft) 91 N·m (67 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
M16
M20
607 N·m (447 lb 809 N·m (597 838 N·m (618 lb 1118 N·m (824 552 N·m (407 lb
M24
ft) lb ft) ft) lb ft) ft)
IDENTIFICATION
Metric Hex head and carriage bolts, classes

5.6 and up.
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
20083680 1
1. Manufacturer's Identification
2. Property Class
3. Clock Marking of Property Class and Manufacturer's
Identification (Optional), i.e. marks 60 ° apart indi-
cate Class 10 properties, and marks 120 ° apart in-
dicate Class 8.
20083681 2
7-4
7 - MAINTENANCE
INCH NON-FLANGED HARDWARE

LOCKNUT
NOMINAL SAE GRADE 5 BOLT SAE GRADE 8 BOLT LOCKNUT GrB
GrC W/ Gr8
SIZE and NUT and NUT W/ Gr5 BOLT
BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED UNPLATED PLATED
or PLATED W/ZnCr or PLATED W/ZnCr
SILVER GOLD SILVER GOLD
8 N·m (71 lb 11 N·m (97 lb 12 N·m (106 16 N·m (142 12.2 N·m (109 lb
1/4 8.5 N·m (75 lb in)
in) in) lb in) lb in) in)
17 N·m (150 23 N·m (204 24 N·m (212 32 N·m (283 17.5 N·m (155 lb 25 N·m (220 lb
5/16
lb in) lb in) lb in) lb in) in) in)
30 N·m (22 lb 40 N·m (30 43 N·m (31 lb 57 N·m (42 lb
3/8 31 N·m (23 lb ft) 44 N·m (33 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
48 N·m (36 lb 65 N·m (48 68 N·m (50 lb 91 N·m (67 lb
7/16 50 N·m (37 lb ft) 71 N·m (53 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
74 N·m (54 lb 98 N·m (73 104 N·m (77 139 N·m (103
1/2 76 N·m (56 lb ft) 108 N·m (80 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft)
107 N·m (79 142 N·m (105 150 N·m (111 201 N·m (148 156 N·m (115 lb
9/16 111 N·m (82 lb ft)
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft)
147 N·m (108 196 N·m (145 208 N·m (153 277 N·m (204 153 N·m (113 lb 215 N·m (159 lb
5/8
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
630 N·m (465 841 N·m (620 890 N·m (656 1187 N·m 654 N·m (483 lb 924 N·m (681 lb
1
lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) (875 lb ft) ft) ft)
NOTE: For Imperial Units, 1/4 in and 5/16 in hardware through 1 in hardware torque specifications are shown in
torque specifications are shown in pound-inches. 3/8 in pound-feet.
7-5
7 - MAINTENANCE
INCH FLANGED HARDWARE

NOM- LOCKNUT
SAE GRADE 5 BOLT and SAE GRADE 8 BOLT and LOCKNUT GrF
INAL GrG W/ Gr8
NUT NUT W/ Gr5 BOLT
SIZE BOLT
UNPLATED PLATED UNPLATED PLATED
or PLATED W/ZnCr or PLATED W/ZnCr
SILVER GOLD SILVER GOLD
1/4 9 N·m (80 lb in) 8 N·m (71 lb in)
in) in) in) in)
5/16
44 N·m (33 lb 47 N·m (35 lb 63 N·m (46 lb
3/8 33 N·m (25 lb ft) 30 N·m (22 lb ft) 43 N·m (32 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
71 N·m (52 lb 75 N·m (55 lb 100 N·m (74 lb
7/16 53 N·m (39 lb ft) 48 N·m (35 lb ft) 68 N·m (50 lb ft)
ft) ft) ft)
108 N·m (80 lb 115 N·m (85 lb 153 N·m (113 104 N·m (77 lb
1/2 81 N·m (60 lb ft) 74 N·m (55 lb ft)
ft) ft) lb ft) ft)
117 N·m (86 lb 156 N·m (115 165 N·m (122 221 N·m (163 157 N·m (116 lb
9/16 106 N·m (78 lb ft)
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft)
162 N·m (119 lb 216 N·m (159 228 N·m (168 304 N·m (225 147 N·m (108 lb 207 N·m (153 lb
5/8
ft) lb ft) lb ft) lb ft) ft) ft)
3/4
7/8
1
IDENTIFICATION
Inch Bolts and free-spinning nuts
20083682 3
Grade Marking Examples
SAE Grade Identification

1 Grade 2 - No Marks 4 Grade 2 Nut - No Marks
2 Grade 5 - Three Marks 5 Grade 5 Nut - Marks 120 ° Apart
3 Grade 8 - Five Marks 6 Grade 8 Nut - Marks 60 ° Apart
7-6
7 - MAINTENANCE
Inch Lock Nuts, All Metal (Three optional

methods)
Grade Identification
Grad- Corner Marking Flats Marking Clock
e Method (1) Method (2) Marking
Method (3)
Grad- No Notches No Mark No Marks
eA
Grad- One Letter B Three Marks
eB Circumferential
Notch
Grad- Two Letter C Six Marks
eC Circumferential
20090268 4
Notches
Power take off (PTO) Cut out clutch [25839540]

WARNING
movement to stop before leaving the opera-
tor's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean,
or unplug machine with the engine running.
ous injury.
W0227A
PTO cut-out clutch

A cam‐type cut‐out clutch in the PTO drive shaft, just in
front of the gearbox in the cross beam of the baler, pro-
tects the driveline and the baler from overload.
The clutch is preset at 1650 N·m (1217.0 lb ft) torque and

does not require adjustment.
In case of overload, the clutch will automatically break

loose and stop driving the baler.
Stopping the PTO will reset the clutch and full torque will
be restored, if not blocked.
ZIL10FCRB200AAA 1
7-7
7 - MAINTENANCE
Drive chains Main drive chain [25801815]

Main drive chain (1) Spring length (eye to eye) X = 356
- 360 mm (14.0 - 14.2 in), adjust with eyebolt (2). Rotor
drive chain (4) Spring length (eye to eye) Y = 356 - 360
mm (14.0 - 14.2 in), adjust with eyebolt (3).
ZDA2417A 1
Floor Roll Drive Chain [25839881]

Floor roll drive chain (1)
Spring length (eye to eye) Z = 356 - 360 mm (14.0 - 14.2
in).
Adjust with eyebolt (2).
ZIL10FCRB057AAA 1
Pickup Drive Chain [25840014]

Pickup drive chain (1)
Spring length (compressed): X = 68 - 72 mm (2.7 - 2.8
in).
ZIL10FCRB217AAA 1
7-8
7 - MAINTENANCE
Drive chains [25840052]

Pickup reel drive chain (1) left‐‐hand side
Spring length (compressed): Y = 58 - 62 mm (2.3 - 2.4 in)
ZIL10FCRB219AAA 1
Auger [25840122]
Stub auger drive chain (1) right‐‐hand side
Spring length (compressed) Z = 58 - 62 mm (2.3 - 2.4 in).
ZIL10FCRB230AAA 1
Drive chains Main and rotor drive chain [25839801]

Drive chain adjustment
The drive chains are provided with spring‐loaded chain
idlers to keep the chains optimally tensioned at all times.
Periodically check the chains and adjust as required:

• Initially after the first 50 bales made.
• Then every 100 bales during the run‐in period, until
the chain tension stabilizes.
• Thereafter, on a weekly basis or every 500 bales.
7-9
7 - MAINTENANCE
Main drive chain (1)

Spring length (eye to eye).
X = 356 - 360 mm (14.0 - 14.2 in).
Rotor drive chain (4)

Spring length (eye to eye).
Y = 356 - 360 mm (14.0 - 14.2 in)

ZIL10FCRB284AAA 1
Rotor drive chain

The rotor drive chain tension is achieved by adjusting the
spring length (2) to match the height of the preset length
indicator (1).
ZIL10FCRB251AAA 2
Pickup tines [25802133]

Pickup tine replacement
Damaged or broken pickup tines must be replaced imme-
diately. If not, they may fold inside the pickup guards and
cause severe damage to the cam follower bearings, the
cam and the pickup reel.
To replace a pickup tine, proceed as follows:
1. Remove the pickup guard (1) which covers the coils

of the damaged tine.
2. Remove the damaged tine.
3. Install a new tine on the pickup tube adhering to the
following installation sequence: Bolt (2) - Clip (3) -
Pickup tine (6) - Washer (4) - Lock nut (5).
ZIL10FCRB729AAA 1
4. Reinstall guard (1).
7 - 10
7 - MAINTENANCE
Bent and twisted pickup tines must be replaced immedi-

ately. If not, they may fold inside the pickup guards and
cause severe damage to the cam follower bearings, the
cam and the guards.
The pickup tines are individually replaceable following

these steps:
1. Remove the pickup guard (1) covering the damaged

tine.
2. Remove the damaged tine.
ZIL10FCRB820AAA 2
3. Join the new tine (7) with the cast block (3) so that
the loop (2) of the tine fits in the notch (4) in the cast
block.
4. Slide the holding clip (5) in the coils of the tine and
install bolt (6).
5. Reinstall the assembly on the pickup tine bar, with
the tine lining up with the other tines.
6. Reinstall the guard.
ZIL10FCRB821AAA 3
Pick up Flotation - wide pickup [25802292]

Wide pickup
For adjustment of the pickup gauge wheels, flotation and
windguard, refer Working Operation Section.
Pickup flotation
Adjust the auger stripper plate (1) (on both sides of the
pickup) at 2 mm (0.1 in) from the auger flights (2). Slide
the plate back or forth in its mounting slots.
ZIL10FCRB582AAA 1
7 - 11
7 - MAINTENANCE
Cam adjustment Cam follower bearing replacement [25802593]

Pickup cam follower bearing replacement
When the pickup rotation becomes jerky, inspect the
pickup for a failed pickup cam follower bearing.
The pickup drive and cam are located on the left‐hand

side of the machine.
To replace a cam follower bearing, proceed as follows:
1. Remove the bolts from the guard. Slide the guard

forwards to take if off. The pickup may have to be
lifted a little for ground clearance.
2. A hole (3) is provided in the side of the pickup to
allow for replacement of the cam follower bearing
(2). ZIL10FCRB822AAA 1
3. Use the slug wrench on the feed rotor shaft to rotate

the baler until the bearing faces the access hole.
4. Remove the wide pickup guard closest to the pickup
side sheet. Remove the nut and extract the bearing
through the access hole. Pay attention not to loose
the washers on each side of the tine bar crank arm
(1):
• Thick washer (5)
5. Reinstall the components in reverse order of disas-

sembly.
Securely tighten nut (7) whilst holding counter nut
(4).
Minimum torque: 72 N·m (53.1 lb ft).
NOTE: When installing a cam follower bearing, always
make sure the bearing is trailing the pickup tine bar in the
direction of rotation of the pickup. If the bearing is leading
or going ahead of the tine bar, severe damage may result.
7 - 12
7 - MAINTENANCE
Knife [25843691]
CropCutter™ Adjustments
Refer to General Information, how the cutter functions, to
understand the cutter knife mechanism and how it oper-
ates.
For the knife breakaway protection to work correctly, two

adjustments are important:
• The position of the knife selector shaft ribs in relation
to the knives.
• The tension of the knife breakaway spring.
NOTE: It will be necessary to connect the monitor to a 12
V source to operate the actuator.
Proceed as follows:
1. Put the system on "manual" operation, switch cut-
ter operation ON, manually extend the actuator any-
where between "full extend" and "cut" position, e.g.
position (2).
ZIL10FCRB003BAA 1
2. At this stage, adjust the selector shaft by means of

the stop bolt (3) to obtain distance X = 18 - 20 mm
(0.7 - 0.8 in) from the rear of the heel of the knife
to the rear top edge of the rib on the knife selector
shaft, see Figure 2.
NOTICE: Knife wear should be minimal. A lot of wear
on the lugs of the knife selector shaft indicates a problem
with the knives breaking away excessively, blunt knives
or in need of adjustment. At normal crop feed rate, knives
should stay stable in cutting position. If the knives rat-
tle excessively at normal crop feed rate, first sharpen the
knives and if no improvement consider reducing distance
X = 18 - 20 mm (0.7 - 0.8 in), step by step through 17 - 15
ZIL10FCRB138AAA 2
mm (0.7 - 0.6 in) minimum. After any knife break adjust
or recalibrate as described later in this section.
3. Adjust the spring tension (eye to eye) T = 413 - 417

mm (16.3 - 16.4 in) with eyebolt (1) refer to Figure
1.
4. Finally retract the actuator to "full retract" position
and switch the cutter operation OFF.
NOTICE: After having made above adjustments, it is nec-
essary to check the cutter actuator cycle on "automatic"
operation.
7 - 13
7 - MAINTENANCE
Actuator movement
Proceed as follows:
A. Switch monitor ON and select "automatic" operation.
B. Switch cutter ON.
C. View the actuator to verify movement:
• That it extends all the way down, but without latching

or forcing at the lowest point (full extend).
• That it retracts immediately to the "cut" position, to
stop quiet in this position, but without lifting the se-
lector shaft stop bolt off its support.
D. Switch cutter OFF, to see that the actuator retracts all

the way up and stops at "full retract" position, without
latching.
E. Switch the monitor off.
If above is not the case, it indicates the adjustments have

upset the calibration of the sensor within the monitor sys-
tem. Call your dealer to recalibrate the system.

WARNING
movement to stop before leaving the opera-
tor's position. Never adjust, lubricate, clean,
or unplug machine with the engine running.
ous injury.
W0227A
Knife out indicator sensor adjustment

Before adjusting the sensor switch: make sure there is
no interference between the sensor switch and the knife
control arm. Use the “Cutter Extend” or “Cutter Retract”
key to move the cutter actuator and the knife control arm
to the cut position.
ZIL10FCRB193AAA 1
7 - 14
7 - MAINTENANCE
Cut position adjustment:

The sensor assembly consists of:
1. Height adjustable support bracket
2. Spacer (nylon insulator)
3. Sensor
4. Stainless steel special hardware (non interference
do not use standard hardware)
5. Fixed support bracket
ZIL10FCRB192AAA 2
Sensor adjustment
With the knife control arm in the cut position, adjust the
support bracket (1) vertically to achieve a setting of 14
mm +/- 2 mm from knife actuator casting (2) to the bottom
of the sensor (3). Adjust the sensor horizontally for the 5
mm +/- 2 mm, clearance gap between the sensor and the
knife actuator casting (2).
The display should show a “Lo”, the “Cutter” pointer

should be on solid and the alarm should have sounded
with a short “beep” during the transition from “Hi” to “Lo”.
ZIL10FCRB195AAA 3
Verify sensor adjustments. Use the “Cutter Retract” key

to move the knife control arm out of the cut position and
away from the sensor, the alarm should sound with a short
“beep”, the display should change from “Lo” to “Hi” and
the “Cutter” pointer should be flashing. Use the “Cutter
Extend” key to move the knife control arm back to the cut
position and in front of the sensor switch, the alarm should
sound with a short “beep”, the display should change from
“Hi” to “Lo” and the “Cutter” pointer should be on solid.
ZIL10FCRB077AAA 4
To test the sensor:

Use the “Cutter Retract” key to move the knife control arm
back to home position.
Manually actuate the sensor to the closed position by

placing a piece of ferrous metal plate in front of the sensor
sensing face, the alarm should sound with a short “beep”,
the display should change from “Hi” to “Lo” and the “Cut-
ter” pointer should be on solid.
Remove the ferrous metal plate from the sensor sensing

face to open the sensor, the alarm should sound with a
short “beep”, the display should change from “Lo” to “Hi”
and the “Cutter” pointer should be flashing.
ZIL10FCRB194AAA 5
7 - 15
7 - MAINTENANCE
Cutter knives [25844374]

Knife adjustment
WARNING
When assembling, operating, or servicing the
machine, wear protective clothing and PPE
necessary for the particular procedure. Some
PPE that may be necessary includes protective
shoes, eye and/or face protection, hard hat,
heavy gloves, filter mask, and hearing protec-
tion.
ous injury.
W0353A
The knife carriage (6) is linked to the duckbill (2) by means ZIL10FCRB249AAA 1
of adjustable linkage (3) on both sides of the machine.
When the duckbill moves up to the home position, it pulls

the knife carriage up against the knife strike plate (7).
1. Adjust the knife (5) on the knife holder so that it is
above the mounting plate edge by 17 mm (0.7 in).
Before adjusting, check the condition of the knife (5)
making sure it is sharp and straight. Sharpen or
replace if necessary.
The knife (5) must overlap the knife striker plate (4)
sufficiently for the wrap material to be cut properly.
This is achieved by adjusting the linkage (3).
ZIL10FCRB248AAA 2
2. To adjust proceed as follows:
• First make sure the knife striker plate is in such a po-

sition that it will not foul the knife when the knife car-
riage moves up. Check by operating the net wrap-
per actuator manually, moving the duckbill and knife
down and up.
• Operate the actuator manually.
• Extend the actuator half way until the knife lowers
down.
• By just giving stab impulses, retract the actuator un-
til it is X = 6 mm (0.2 in) away from the “fully retract”
position. (Measure the extension of the actuator re-
maining, see paint marks) ZIL10FCRB287AAA 3
• Check that there is no free play where the knife shaft

fits onto the actuator bracket. Rectify if required.
NOTE: In Figure 4, the apron conveyor baffle plate
(1) has been moved up to better expose the object.
In reality, the slot between roller (3) and baffle plate
(1) is narrower.
7 - 16
7 - MAINTENANCE
• Observe the knife (4) and the knife striker plate (2)
from the bale chamber (under the raised tailgate)
looking into the net‐plastic feed slot between the
stripper roller (3) and the apron conveyor baffle plate
(1) or through the inspection holes (1) in the baler
side sheet Figure 5.
• Adjust the knife so that it is level with the bottom of
the striker plate on the right‐hand side and 2 mm (0.1
in) overlapped (higher) on the left‐hand side Figure
4.
• Adjust with linkages (3) on both sides of the baler
Figure 3. Rise or lower the knife on its linkage with
the nuts (8) and nuts (2). ZIL10FCRB137AAA 4
• Adjust the knife striker plate (1) to the knife. Loosen

bolts (2) Figure 5.
• Move the knife carriage gently up and down by hand
and adjust the striker plate so the knife clears its
lower edge by approximately 1 - 2 mm Figure 1.
• The knife, in its uppermost position, should gently
rub the knife striker plate equally over the full width
of the baler.
Check several times that there is gentle contact, but
no jamming.
• Fully retract the net wrap actuator. Observe that
the actuator reaches the “full retract position” and
ratchets. Check the knife carriage again, it should
bottom out up against the knife striker plate on both
sides of the baler (you should not be able to lift it any ZIL10FCRB288AAA 5
further).
Sharpening the knives

Standard knives
Only sharp knives will guarantee optimum cutting perfor-
mance and feed capacity of the baler. Wear and tear of
the baler, as well as tractor horsepower (and fuel) con-
sumption raise sharply once the knives get blunt or dam-
aged by foreign objects.
Field test results indicate the knives can best be sharp-

ened after approximately 200 bales in average silage
crop conditions, in soil contaminated crop even more
frequently.
It is strongly recommended to have a spare set of sharp ZIL10FCRB132AAA 6

knives available at all times, so the baling can continue at
any time whilst the used set is in the workshop for sharp-
ening.
7 - 17
7 - MAINTENANCE
Contact your dealer for offering you the service of sharp-

ening the knives: he may have special equipment for a
perfect job, thereby increasing the overall lifetime of your
knives.
Should you undertake to sharpen the knives yourself

by means of a portable grinding machine, observe the
following hints:
• Wear gloves and safety glasses.
• Securely clamp the knife on the edge of a solid
bench.
ZIL10FCRB133AAA 7
• Grind on the smooth side of the knife only, never on

the notched side.
• Slide the machine with constant speed and equal
pressure over the full length of the cutting edge.
• Do not use grinding stone discs and certainly not cut-
ting discs. They do not have the correct granulation
as they self‐pollute with filings and produce heat.
The best equipment is a layered, coarse grain emery
cloth disc.
• Always hold the grinder machine so that the disc
rotates away from the cutting edge of the knife.
• Avoid glowing.
ZIL10FCRB134AAA 8
• It is better to use a big portable grinder than a handy-

man's tool: a large size disc has less glowing effect
and will track more stable on the knife.
• Maintain the original bevel angle. Making the bevel
flatter will not maintain the sharp edge any longer,
on the contrary; and in stony conditions, it increases
the risk of chips breaking out of the knife.
• Do not grind each time until really all indents are
smooth. Spot damages can best be treated individ-
ually, in this case with a handyman small disc tool
(but also with laminated emery cloth disc) or a round
file, and from the notched side of the knife.
• If the edge has fine burrs after sharpening, it can be
cleaned by means of a wet stone or fine file.
Hard faced knives

On hard faced knives only grind on the rear face of the
knives, never on the notched side.
NOTICE: Hard faced knives by nature can chip therefore
they are not recommended for use in stony conditions.
When reinstalling knives, make sure they regularly

change position in the machine, i.e. middle ones on the
outside and vice versa, to equal out their wear pattern.
ZIL10FCRB132AAA 9
7 - 18
7 - MAINTENANCE
Net Twine Wrapper Sensors [25842241]

The Bale Command Plus™ system is self‐diagnostic in
many aspects. Trouble with the sensors will mostly ap-
pear as appropriate alarms and "error" messages on the
monitor.
At regular intervals check linkages for binding, inter-

ference or excessive crop buildup preventing their free
movement. Ensure the electrical connections are in good
condition at all times. The potentiometers are linked and
calibrated within the Bale Command Plus™ system and
software. Call your dealer for assistance when they need
adjustment or servicing.
Do not loosen the potentiometer mounting hardware, nor

move the linkage mounts as this will upset the calibration.
Net metering roller sensor

Adjust the clearance between the sensor (1) and the mag-
net (2) to X = 1.5 mm.
ZIL10FCRB131AAA 1
7 - 19
7 - MAINTENANCE

Net, plastic, roll brake mechanism adjustments
NOTE: The adjustments for net or plastic are slightly dif-
ferent. Pay attention when changing wrapping material.
Ensure the outer race of the brake sheave (3) is clean
(from paint, rust or grease at all times). Clean with fine
sandpaper when required. Also clean the brake pad on a
regular basis and replace it when worn.
Basic adjustment of the components (net or plastic roll not

installed)
1. Stop bolt (2).

Distance W = 55 mm (2.2 in). Make sure that the
spring arm (4) and the brake assembly are parallel
to each other. ZIL10FCRB259AAA 1
Net tension
2. Length of the secondary spring (4) should be: X =
190 mm (7.5 in) (eye to eye).
NOTE: Adjust higher net tension for improved net
spreading (silage crops).
Adjust lower net tension to prevent the net from
shearing on the ejected bale in springy straw crops.
Plastic tension
3. When using plastic as wrapping material we recom-
2
mend you to remove the secondary brake spring (4). ZIL10FCRB120AAA
(Keep the spring to be used with net).
Brake timing
4. With the wrap actuator in "full extend position" (op-
erate manually). Adjust clearance Z = 10 mm. (stop
(1) on the secondary brake lever (3) separated 10
mm (0.4 in) from the primary brake lever (2). To be
adjusted with nut and lock nut (4).
NOTE: Setting Z = 10 mm (0.4 in) is an average
adjustment for all crop conditions.
To obtain a better net‐plastic spread, reduce Z to
minimum. 10 mm (0.4 in), but bear in mind that
the net will, in certain conditions, wrap more easily
around the stripper roller.
7 - 20
7 - MAINTENANCE
Twine Wrapper Twine wrapper (if installed) [25840372]

Twine tension
Adjust the four compression springs (1) equally to an ef-
fective spring length A = 50 mm (2.0 in) for polypropylene
750 m/kg twine. Decrease the twine tension with thicker
twine.
Correct twine clamp tension should result in a pull of 20 -

50 N (4.5 - 11.2 lb) required to pull the twine from the end
of the twine tubes with:
• The twine tubes in the middle position

• Pulling the twine through the twine feed slot, from
the bale chamber (under the raised tailgate).
NOTE: Twine tension is too high when difficulty is ZIL10FCRB148AAA 1
experienced in starting the twine to wrap around the
bale.
It may be necessary to readjust the tension when chang-

ing twine, such as from plastic to sisal. In case of trouble-
some twine starting, always check for correct twine rout-
ing first.
Twine tension is too light when the twine fails to release

from the twine clamp‐and‐stop device, refer to item 4 in
1-12, when the twine arms reach the middle position.
Twine tube adjustment

Basic adjustment of the twine tubes is at distance A = 50
mm apart from each other in the starting position, with the
twine actuator at full extension (actuator latching).
This determines the starting wraps spacing on the bale.

The spacing can be increased or decreased by moving
the actuator support (1) in the slots of the cross bar (2).
ZIL10FCRB119AAA 2
7 - 21
7 - MAINTENANCE
Net wrap adjustment [25804516]

Net, plastic, wrapper adjustments
NOTE: It is important that the settings detailed below are
checked in the order shown. Any setting that is changed
requires that all the other settings are checked and read-
justed where necessary.
Duckbill insert position

Basic adjustment of the duckbill is that it enters the bale
chamber at a distance X = 110 mm (4.3 in) measured
from the edge (2) of the duckbill upper baffle plate to the
edge of the conveyor baffle plate (1).
To adjust: Extend the duckbill to the "full insert" position

until the wrap actuator ratchet in its fully extended posi- ZIL10FCRB149AAA 1
tion.
Adjust X by moving the actuator support (1) on the frame

Figure 1.
This can be observed from the bale chamber (under the

raised tailgate). Watch out for mechanical interferences
or obstructions that prevent the duckbill from reaching the
"full insert" position (prevent the actuator from fully ex-
tending at its end of stroke) prior to making any adjust-
ments.
Duckbill [25840281]
Duckbill Recall Spring
The duckbill recall spring assists the net‐plastic wrap ac-
tuator in lifting the duckbill to the home position. With the
actuator fully retracted, the eyebolt length of the spring is
adjusted to L = 70 mm.
ZIL10FCRB286AAA 1
7 - 22
7 - MAINTENANCE
Duckbill [31325437]
Duckbill retract
The duckbill cylinder operated from the monitor requires
no adjustment, however, should it be necessary, this can
be achieved by the adjuster at (1).
ZEIL06RB0028AOB 1
Conveyor Adjustments [25834134]

Conveyor chain
Open the cover (1) to the side and clean the oiling tubes
(2). Feed oil onto the conveyor chains and the conveyor
bar bearings on both sides of the machine.
Oil the conveyor chain through the access hole (2) while
running the machine idle every 10 hours of use and after
storage.
ZIL10FCRB277AAA 1
Lubricate the conveyor chain immediately after operation

while it is still warm and let the machine run idle for a
short period to ensure effective oil penetration resulting
in longer life using these guidelines.
• Run the machine at low idle speed for oiling the
chain. Ensure there is a second person in the trac-
tor to shut the tractor PTO and engine off in case of
emergency. Engage the tractor handbrake. Close
and latch all baler guards and the tailgate. Keep at
a safe distance from the machine in particular the
ground wheels.
• Oil at the end of the workday while the chain is still
warm and let the machine run idle for a short pe- ZIL10FCRB183AAA 2
riod to ensure effective oil penetration, oil both sides
equally.
NOTICE: In abrasive sandy conditions it is better to run
the chains dry (not to oil on a daily basis). However oil
abundantly before and between seasons, storage periods
and prior to starting the new season.
7 - 23
7 - MAINTENANCE
Linkages, threaded rods and pivots

It is recommended to oil all linkages, threaded rods and
pivot points (including guard pivot points) which may
become stiff from corrosion or dirt, every 200 operating
hours or monthly and every time after cleaning the baler
with water.

Apron chain tensioner
The bar and chain conveyor is sprung loaded to automat-
ically keep it under correct tension at all times.
Through the service door (1) the conveyor chain can be

accessed.
ZIL10FCRB170AAA 1
NOTE: Shields are removed for clarity.
Check the chain tension, in normal operation, every 100

hours. If the chains are too slack or too tight, adjust the
tension springs length.
Loosen the lock nuts (1) and increase / decrease spring

length (2), to position the indicator arm (3) level with the
lock nuts.
Once adjusted tighten lock the lock nuts (1).
ZIL10FCRB171AAA 2
7 - 24
7 - MAINTENANCE

Inspect the bearings for wear or failure at regular inter-
vals. Excessively bent bars over 20 mm (0.8 in) deflec-
tion in the middle, should be straightened immediately or
replaced by your dealer.
To service the conveyor, such as replacing bearings, pro-

ceed as follows:
Turn the baler by means of the slug wrench on the feed

rotor shaft to expose the selected component at the top of
the baler, as shown in Figure 1. Do not forget to remove
the slug wrench.
ZIL10FCRB198AAA 1
Remove the tailgate guards on both sides.

Loosen lock nuts and nuts (1) on both sides of the baler,
to release the spring tension from the conveyor chain.
ZIL10FCRB171AAA 2
Install straps at (1) as illustrated in to hold the conveyor

together in case the chains have to be opened.
The component can now be serviced as follows:
ZEIL04RB0581A0B 3
7 - 25
7 - MAINTENANCE
To replace a bearing, remove the circlip. Mind the wash-

ers behind the bearing. They take up the end thrust be-
tween the bar holding chain link, the bearing and the cir-
clip.
To remove or replace a bar, remove the circlip, the bearing
and the washers. Now the chain link holding the bar can
be removed as well, which opens the chain and frees the
bar.
When the chains need shortening try to remove four links
(including a bar link and a bar).
Take appropriate actions, remove the straps, reapply
chain tension and reinstall all previously removed com-
ponents.
To replace a bearing, remove the circlip. Mind the wash- ZIL10FCRB171AAA 4
ers behind the bearing. They take up the end thrust be-
tween the bar holding chain link, the bearing and the cir-
clip.
Reset the spring tension (1) and tighten locknuts (2) both
sides and close the tailgate.
7 - 26
7 - MAINTENANCE

To ensure the Bale Command Plus™ monitor system op-
erates properly, the various sensors must be adjusted.

Verify the bale density sensor linkage on a regular basis.
With the tailgate open, push the feeler rods (2) to check
they move freely over their full stroke, without binding.
Clean excessive crop buildup preventing proper operation
Coat sliding surfaces with grease at regular intervals.

Check for broken springs or worn parts. Ensure the
electrical connections are in good condition at all times.
Make sure the connecting bolt (1) is not tight to allow slid-
ing and rotation of the potentiometer arm.
The potentiometer (3) is linked and calibrated within the

ZIL10FCRB176AAA 1
Bale Command Plus™ system and software for monitor-
ing the density. They also monitor the even filling of the
bale chamber for proper bale shape. Do not loosen the
potentiometer mounting hardware, nor move the linkage
mounts as this will upset the calibration.
When the bale density or bale shape monitoring start to

behave differently from the normal behaviour explained
in Controls / Instruments, bale shape indicator operation,
call your dealer for assistance as this may indicate the
potentiometer needs adjustment or servicing.
7 - 27
7 - MAINTENANCE

Density springs
The springs are adjusted ex‐factory for proper field
operation and normally do not require maintenance.
They have a preload of 3.8 kN (854.3 lb) with the bale
chamber closed and empty. If, for any reason, one or
both springs have to be replaced, proceed as follows:
1. Remove both springs from the baler.
2. Measure the length (from eye to eye) of the unten-
sioned springs that will be installed on the machine.
3. Temporarily reinstall the spring fixation plates (2) on
the tailgate, without the shims at (1).
4. With the tailgate pins (4) properly adjusted (refer
to chapter Tailgate latch adjustments), measure
the distance X between both attaching points of
the spring (rubber dampers (3) in contact with the
tailgate frame).
5. Now install the longest spring on the side where dis-
tance X was biggest.
Add shims (1) left or right to obtain equal spring ex-
tension left and right (within 2 mm) when the springs
are preloaded.
ZIL10FCRB283AAA 1
Example:
• One spring is 5 mm longer than the other.
• Distance X (left) is 2 mm (0.1 in) bigger than dis-
tance X (right).
Solution:
NOTICE: The longest spring must be installed on the
left‐hand side and shims to a thickness of 3 mm must
be placed on the right‐hand side to obtain equal spring
preload.
Bale ejection [25803419]

Bale kicker
Depending on local sales policy, the bale kicker will be fit-
ted standard on the machine, or offered as an accessory.
The bale kicker force is adjustable to suit bale weight and

field conditions.
1. With the tailgate open, the rear bar of the kicker is

set at a height (1) = 620 - 640 mm (24.4 - 25.2 in)
with the nuts and counter nuts (2). This adjustment
must not be changed.
ZIL10FCRB799AAA 1
7 - 28
7 - MAINTENANCE
2. Also with the tailgate open, the spring is set at a

tension (T) = 448 - 452 mm (17.6 - 17.8 in) with lock
nut (3).
In any case, when adjusting the bale kicker springs to suit

operating conditions, make sure that:
• The bale kicker will always contact the ground before

the springs are bottoming out, if coil bound too tight..
• The bale kicker will bounce excessively during road
transport, springs too light.
ZIL10FCRB816AAA 2
Tailgate Latch adjustments [25841256]

Malfunction of the tailgate latches will normally be indi-
cated by the system, displaying an error message on the
operator panel.
Check and correct:
• The tractor hydraulics must be in the float position.

• Crop accumulation, preventing the tailgate from
closing properly, must be removed.
• Tailgate binding in the frame or on the tailgate
guides.
• Tailgate latch adjustments (see next paragraph).
ZIL10FCRB050AAA 1
• Latch switch adjustment.
First make sure the latches are mechanically properly ad-
justed as explained in the next paragraph. With the tail-
gate properly closed and latched, slide switch (1) back or
forth in the slots in mounting bracket (3) so that the switch
lever is fully depressed by the stop plate (2), yet leaving a
gap X = 1 - 2 mm to the switch body.
The switches on both sides of the tailgate are connected

in series so either one that is maladjusted will result in a
"tailgate unlatched" alarm on the operator panel.
NOTE: In Figure 2 certain parts have been removed to
better expose the object.
ZIL10FCRB060AAA 2
Check that the wires to the switch are tight and attached
to the correct terminals.
• Right‐hand side:
Wire HB 17 attached to terminal NO "Norm Open"
Wire HB 06 attached to terminal C "Common"
• Left‐hand side:
Wire HB 32 attached to terminal C "Common"
Wire HB 06 attached to terminal NO "Norm Open"
ZIL10FCRB130AAA 3
7 - 29
7 - MAINTENANCE
Tailgate [25841477]
Tailgate latch adjustments
The tailgate latch control spring position and operating
linkage is designed to enable quick reaction and force.
Spring dimension (1) for the baler should be maintained

at 310 mm (12.2 in).
ZIL10FCRB191AAA 1
The latch control spring adjustment will suit most combi-

nations of baler/tractor setup.
However the timing between the tailgate being closed and

the latches being pulled up by the spring force depends on
the back pressure in the return line of the tractor hydraulic
circuit.
Latch shown pulled up and engaged correctly.
ZIL10FCRB189AAA 2
If the latches pull up before the tailgate is fully closed, the

latch will not engage on the lever as shown.
NOTICE: The spring tension will need to be released
evenly on both sides, until the tailgate is fully closed
before the latches pull up.
Latch shown pulled up prematurely and not engaged.
ZIL10FCRB190AAA 3
7 - 30
7 - MAINTENANCE
Latch Mechanical Adjustments

When the tailgate latches do not function properly such
as:
• The tailgate opens prematurely,

• The tailgate fails to open (latches fail to disengage),
• The latch engages or disengages on one side, and
not on the other side,
The following points can be checked and corrected as

necessary:
1. With the tailgate properly closed (free from crop ac-

cumulation preventing the tailgate to fully close; the
ZIL10FCRB211AAA 4
tractor hydraulic system in the float position), verify
that the tailgate hinges are in good condition as well.
2. Verify that the density spring is retracted, the rub-
ber dampers (1) pressed firmly against the tailgate
frame. Adjust the rubber dampers to obtain a clear-
ance X = 5 - 7 mm (0.2 - 0.3 in), equally on both
sides.
Automatic oiling system Oiler - accessory [25803499]

Automatic oiler (accessory)
Depending on local sales policy, the automatic oiler will
be fitted standard on the machine, or offered as an ac-
cessory.
The amount of oil delivered by the pump is adjustable

by means of the eccentric sheave (3), but is in the first
place determined by the oil viscosity (in turn temperature
dependent). Make sure to use the oil recommended.
The oiler is adjusted ex‐factory to deliver the adequate

amount of oil to all the chains, with the pointer (2) on the
eccentric sheave S pointing at the Figure 2 on the inner ZIL10FCRB800AAA 1
sheave.
NOTE: Because of the eccentric motion, the pump will
make temporary contact only for each revolution of the
shaft that the eccentric sheave is fitted onto.
To increase the amount of oil, loosen the nuts (1) and

turn the eccentric with pointer (2) to a higher figure. To
decrease, turn to a lower figure. Tighten the nuts.
7 - 31
7 - MAINTENANCE
Should the pump have been removed for servicing, take

the following steps to reinstall and adjust the pump:
1. Position inner sheave and outer sheave (3) so that

pointer (2) lines up with nut (1) (near to the Figure
1). Temporarily tighten the opposite nut. Now the
sheave assembly is round. Install it on the shaft at
random.
2. Move the pump in contact with the sheave. There
are slots in the pump mounting bracket (4). Make
sure the centerline of the pump runs through the cen-
tre of the shaft (line 5 - 5). Gently tighten the pump
mounting bolts. Overtightening will distort the pump
housing, resulting in seizure of the piston and failure. ZIL10FCRB801AAA 2
3. Now adjust the eccentric sheave for the pointer (2)

to indicate Figure 2 as shown above and tighten the
nuts (1).
7 - 32
7 - MAINTENANCE
Automatic oiler adjustments

The amount of oil delivered by the pump is adjustable
by means of the eccentric sheave (2), but is in the first
place determined by the oil viscosity (in turn temperature
dependent). Make sure to use the oil recommended in
Section - Lubrication and Maintenance.
The oiler is adjusted at the factory to deliver adequate

oil to all the chains, with the pointer (1) on the eccentric
sheave (2) pointing at the number "1" on the inner sheave.
NOTE: Because of the eccentric motion, the pump will
make temporary contact only for each revolution of the
ZIL10FCRB276AAA 3
shaft that the eccentric sheave is fitted onto.
To increase the amount of oil, loosen the nuts (3) and
turn the eccentric with pointer (1) to a higher figure. To
decrease, turn to a lower figure. Tighten the nuts.
Should the pump have been removed for servicing, take

the following steps to reinstall and adjust the pump:
1. Position inner sheave and outer sheave (2) so that

pointer (4) lines up with nut (5) (near to the number
"1"). Temporarily tighten the opposite nut. Now the
sheave assembly is round. Install it on the shaft (at
random).
2. Move the pump down in contact with the sheave.
There are slots in the pump mounting bracket (3). ZIL10FCRB285AAA 4
Make sure the centre-line of the pump runs through
the centre of the shaft (line 1-1). Gently tighten the
pump mounting bolts (overtightening will distort the
pump housing, resulting in seizure of the piston and
failure).
3. Now adjust the eccentric sheave for the pointer (4)
to indicate number "1" and tighten the nuts (5).
7 - 33
7 - MAINTENANCE
Automatic oiling system [25833975]

Automatic chain oiler and chain lubrication
Chain oiler
The automatic chain oiler (3) supplies a metered amount
of oil to the following chains:
• Main drive chain (1) (drives the bar and chain con-
veyor and the stripper roll)
• Rotor and pickup drive chain (6)
• Pick‐up drive chain (4)
• Pick‐up reel drive chain (5)
• Floor roll drive chain (7)
• Right hand pickup auger drive chain (8)
ZIL10FCRB274AAA 1
ZIL10FCRB106AAA 2
The chain oiler pump is activated by the double eccentric

disc (1) on the stripper roll drive shaft. During the upward
stroke of the pump cylinder (2), oil flows from the inlet
hose (3) to the pump. During the downward stroke of
the pump cylinder, oil is forced through the outlet hose (5)
to the oiler brushes on the different chains. Each chain
receives a certain amount of oil, calibrated by restrictors
located inside the distribution manifold blocks.
The oil flow is determined by the eccentricity of the double

disc (1) and is set ex‐factory. To increase or decrease the
oil flow rate, loosen the nuts (6) and turn the outer disc
over the inner disc. The mark on the outer disc must line
up with an oil flow rate number (from 1 to 8) on the inner ZIL10FCRB275AAA 3
disc.
Fill the 3 l oil tank with oil meeting the following specifica-
tions:
DIN 51524 part 2HV 46 (except ASTM D 943) - ISO VG

46 or API CE - MIL - L - 2104 E.
NOTICE: Avoid all universal, multipurpose, hydraulic or
gear oils. DO NOT USE OILS WITH EP ADDITIVES as
they may plug the system in high temperature variations.
For environmental reasons, we strongly recommend the
use of biodegradable oils. Refer to Lubrication chart.
7 - 34
7 - MAINTENANCE
Apron chain brushes

Apron chain brushes are mounted on both sides of the
machine above the bale chamber.
Fill the 3 l oil tank with oil meeting the following specifica-
tions:
DIN 51524 part 2HV 46 (except ASTM D 943) - ISO VG

46 or API CE - MIL - L - 2104 E.
NOTICE: Avoid all universal, multipurpose, hydraulic or
gear oils. DO NOT USE OILS WITH EP ADDITIVES as
they may plug the system in high temperature variations.
4
For environmental reasons, we strongly recommend the ZIL10FCRB296AAA
use of biodegradable oils. Refer to Lubrication chart.
Hydraulic Hose Replacement Interval [30313365]

WARNING
Escaping fluid!
Hydraulic fluid or diesel fuel leaking under
pressure can penetrate the skin and cause
infection or other injury. To prevent personal
injury: Relieve all pressure before discon-
necting fluid lines or performing work on the
hydraulic system. Before applying pressure,
make sure all connections are tight and all
components are in good condition. Never use
your hand to check for suspected leaks under
pressure. Use a piece of cardboard or wood
for this purpose. If injured by leaking fluid, see
your doctor immediately.
ous injury.
W0178A
Inspect equipment every 100 hours of usage or every

month, whichever comes first.
Replace hydraulic hose assemblies with your local dealer
for approved components,
If abrasive wear / other damage of the cover exposes the
hose reinforcement braids, or
Oil leakage from the hose assembly, or
After 50,000 bales or 5 years of service life, whichever
comes first.
NOTE: The hydraulic hose is marked with the date of
manufacture and at least must be replaced 6 years af-
ter this date. This allows one year shelf life from date of
manufacture to start of field service.
7 - 35
7 - MAINTENANCE
Wheels and tires [25843485]

The life and performance of the tires depends largely upon
maintaining the correct pressure.
With reference to the tire decal, inflate the tires as follows:
Ground wheels
.
Capacity™/Cropcutter™
Wide pickup
11.5/80 x 15.3 - 8 PR
Implement AW (tubeless)
Inflate to 207 kPa (2.1 bar) in the case normal farming
practices prevail.
When the baler is doing an unusual amount of travelling
on the road, at 40 km/h (typical for contractor use), in-
crease the tyre pressure to 250 kPa (2.5 bar).
Wide pickup
15.0/55 x 17 - 10 PR
Inflate to 150 kPa (1.5 bar) in this case normal farming
practices prevail.
When the baler is doing an unusual amount of travelling
on the road, at 40 km/h (typical for contractor use), in-
crease the tyre pressure to 160 kPa (1.6 bar).
Wide pickup
19.0/45 x 17 - 10 PR
Inflate to 150 kPa (1.5 bar).
Pickup gauge wheels

4.00 x 6 - 4 PR
Ribbed profile (tube type, tube 4.00 x 6)
Inflate to 290 kPa (2.9 bar).
Wheel nut torque

Check and tighten the wheel lug bolts daily at initial
start‐off of the machine until the torque remains stable.
Torque to 380 N·m (280.3 lb ft).
Maximum forward speed on the road should not exceed

40 km/h or not exceed local road speed regulations.
ATTENTION: These tires are designed for and fitted onto
15.3” rims. Ensure to fit replacement tires of the same
size. Do not fit narrower, wider, larger or smaller diameter
tires onto these rims.
Wheels and spindles should be checked every 200 hours.
Wheel nut torque should be checked daily in the first 50
hours and, thereafter, every 100 hours.
7 - 36
7 - MAINTENANCE

Wheel changing
WARNING
Heavy objects!
Lift and handle all heavy components using lift-
ing equipment with adequate capacity. Always
support units or parts with suitable slings or
hooks. Make sure the work area is clear of all
bystanders.
ous injury.
W0398A
1. Place a jack of sufficient capacity (1) under the ma-

chine only at the points identified by the decals (2).
Refer to Specifications Section for the weight of the ZIL10FCRB235AAA 1
balers.
2. Lift the wheel off the ground and let the weight of the
baler down onto an axle stand where possible.
3. Remove the wheel nuts (1) and wheel.
Reassemble in reverse order the wheel, tighten the nuts,

rejack, remove the stand, lower the baler, remove jack
and retorque the opposite nuts equally around the rim to
380 N·m (280.3 lb ft).
ZIL10FCRB188AAA 2
7 - 37
7 - MAINTENANCE
MAINTENANCE CHART
Maintenance Chart [32466823]

Replace
Check
Adjust
Grease
Lubricate
Interval Page Maintenance Action Nb.
Nb. of
pts
10 hours or daily 7-39 Chain and bar system X
Service 7-39 Front hitch X
Floor Roll Drive Chain X
7-40 Tailgate X
7-40 Chain Drive X
7-40 PTO X
7-41 Drive chain lubrication X
7-41 Drive chain lubrication X
7-41 Chain Drive X
7-42 Tailgate X
Bale ejection X
Wrapper mechanism X
50 hours Service Drive chains X
Drive chains X
7-42 Gearbox X
PTO X
Pick up X
Drive chains X
Bale density X
Drive chains X
Pick up X
Pick up X
7-43 Twine Wrapper X
7-43 Tailgate X
7-44 Gearbox X
7-44 Tailgate X
7-44 Pick up X
7-45 Feeder X
7-45 Feeder X
7-45 Bale shape X
Wrapper mechanism X
100 hours Service Twine Wrapper X
1200 hours or 12 7-46 Wheels and tires X
months Service Hydraulic circuit oil filter X
7-46 Hydraulic hoses X
7 - 38
7 - MAINTENANCE
10 hours or daily Service
Chain and bar system - Lubricate [25807955]

Conveyor chain
Oil the conveyor chain through the access hole (1)
while running the machine idle every 10 hours of use
and after storage.
Lubricate the conveyor chain immediately after oper-
ation while it is still warm and let the machine run idle
for a short period to ensure effective oil penetration
resulting in longer life using these guidelines.
• Run the machine at low idle speed for
oiling the chain. Ensure there is a second
person in the tractor to shut the tractor
PTO and engine off in case of emergency.
Engage the tractor handbrake. Close and
latch all baler guards and the tailgate.
ZIL10FCRB844AAA 1
Keep at a safe distance from the machine
in particular the ground wheels.
• Oil at the end of the workday while the
chain is still warm and let the machine run
idle for a short period to ensure effective
oil penetration, oil both sides equally.
NOTICE: In abrasive sandy conditions it is better to run
the chains dry (not to oil on a daily basis). however oil
abundantly before and between seasons, storage periods
and prior to starting the new season.
Front hitch [25808567]

Ball hitch
ZIL10FCRB811AAA 1
7 - 39
7 - MAINTENANCE
Tailgate [25809136]
Tail gate hinges
ZIL10FCRB831AAA 1
Chain Drive [25809176]

Right or left bearing for bar chain support
CHAIN 1
PTO PTO shaft [25834188]

Grease fittings and lubrication intervals
1. Front yoke of baler PTO shaft
2. Front yoke guard
3. Bearing of baler PTO shaft guard, front
end
4. Baler PTO shaft sliding tubes
5. Bearing of baler PTO shaft guard, rear end
6. Rear yoke of baler PTO shaft
ZIL10FCRB279AAA 1
7 - 40
7 - MAINTENANCE
Drive chain lubrication [25834267]

Left hand side
1. Gearbox output shaft bearing
2. Conveyor drive shaft bearing
3. Stripper roll shaft bearing
4. Overrun clutch on gearbox output shaft
5. Rotor shaft double bearing
ZIL10FCRB294AAA 1
Drive chain lubrication [25834303]

Right hand side
1. Conveyor drive shaft bearing
2. Stripper roll shaft bearing
3. Rotor shaft bearing
ZIL10FCRB247AAA 1
Chain Drive [25834361]

Conveyor drive idlers
Conveyor drive shaft idlers (1) inside tailgate
ZIL10FCRB145AAA 1
7 - 41
7 - MAINTENANCE
Tailgate [25834468]
Pivot
Left or right tailgate latch pivot (1)
ZIL10FCRB280AAA 1
50 hours Service
Gearbox [25807253]
Oil level
Keep the gearbox filled to level plug (3). If necessary, fill
the gearbox through plug (2). Plug (4) is a drain plug.
Always use gearbox oil meeting the following specifica-
tions:
SAE 90 viscosity rating
API GL5M and MIL‐L 2104 E classification
When checking the oil level, the baler must be levelled so
that the coach work is parallel to the ground.
NOTE: To check the gearbox oil level, reach over the frame
cross beam (1) to gain access to the level plug.
Oil change
For a new machine after 50 operating hours and thereafter
annually.
Drain the oil through plug (4). Refill the gearbox through
plug (2).
NOTE: Avoid spillage when draining off used oil.

Gearbox capacity 1 l.
ZIL10FCRB278AAA 1
7 - 42
7 - MAINTENANCE

Twine arm sprockets
If installed (accessory)
ZIL10FCRB107AAA 1
Tailgate [25808090]
Tailgate latching hooks
DANGER
D0002A
Clean and slightly grease the tailgate latching hooks (1)

every 50 hours of use and after storage.
ZIL10FCRB812AAA 1
7 - 43
7 - MAINTENANCE
Gearbox [25808740]
Jack and gearbox output shaft
ZIL10FCRB830AAA 1
Tailgate [25809216]
Right or left hook for tailgate
ZIL10FCRB723AAA 1
Pick up [25834512]
Slug wrench
ZIL10FCRB105AAA 1
7 - 44
7 - MAINTENANCE
Feeder [25834561]
Right hand side
Rotor shaft end at right‐hand side
Knife selection shaft end at right‐hand side
ZIL10FCRB108AAA 1
Feeder [25834596]
Left hand side
Conveyor drive shaft end at left‐hand side
ZIL10FCRB073AAA 1
Bale shape Bale shape indicator [25834843]

Bale shape indicator rods
ZIL10FCRB109AAA 1
7 - 45
7 - MAINTENANCE
1200 hours or 12 months Service

Wheel bearings
Disassemble, clean and repack the wheel bearings and
pickup gauge wheel bearings (1) with grease.
NOTE: Pickup gauge wheels are an accessory for standard
pickup models.
ZIL10FCRB769AAA 1
Hydraulic hoses Hose replacement [31336074]

WARNING
Pressurized fluid can penetrate the skin and cause severe injuries.
Keep hands and body away from any pressurized leak. DO NOT use your hand to check for leaks. Use
a piece of cardboard or paper. If fluid penetrates the skin, seek medical attention immediately.
W0158A
1. Hydraulic hoses are an important safety element in

modern machinery. However hose characteristics
under pressure, thermal heat and UV light over the
years deteriorate.
Therefore hoses are now identified with a date
printed on the hose or a band which enables age
identification.
Legislation in certain countries and good practices
require that the hydraulic hoses are replaced when 6
years old.
7 - 46
7 - MAINTENANCE
STORAGE
End of Season Parts Replacement [25869278]

Before preparing the baler for storage, check the baler for any parts that may be worn or damage and in need of
replacement. Order the parts now and replace them before the next baling season.
Always be sure to give your dealer the model and PIN of your baler. The PIN plate is located on the right side, just to
the rear and below the large side shield.
Insist on genuine replacement parts. For best performance have your baler serviced by an authorized dealer.
1. Check the twine and net knives.

2. Examine all of the chains and sprockets for wear.
Replace worn sprockets when installing new chains.
Always install new chain when replacing sprockets.
3. Inspect the hitch for excessive wear.
4. Order all of the bearings that were found to require
replacement during the storage procedure.
5. Check all bushings for wear.
6. Examine the wrapper systems and check for loose-
ness or excessive wear.
7. Note any broken or bent pickup tines or severely
damaged guards.
8. Make sure the pickup cam bearings are in good con-
dition.
9. Check the tailgate lights.
10. Is the supply of shearbolts adequate.
Preparing for Storage [11227607]

Perform the following steps when the baler will not be used for an extended period of time.
1. Cut the twine near the twine balls and remove all
the balls from the twine boxes. Leave the twine end
threaded in place. Move the twine balls to an inside
location to reduce moisture absorption.
2. Remove the operators manual and store it in a safe
location.
3. Clean the unit thoroughly
4. Remove any material buildup on the belt rolls, wrap-
per area and in the twine boxes.
5. Remove any twine that has wrapped on the pickup
tines
6. Lubricate the entire baler as recommended in the
lubrication section. Apply lubricant to the threads of
the adjustment bolts and to all the hinges.
7. Lubricate all the chains with oil and operate the baler
a few minutes to let the oil work into the chains. Care-
fully check all the bearings for any heat that would
indicate a failed bearing.
7 - 47
7 - MAINTENANCE
8. Coat the exposed bare metal areas with a light coat

of oil. Particularly the inside of the bale chamber side
sheets.
9. Clean the belts of oil and grease. Store the baler with
the belts at normal tension.
10. Store the unit in a dry sheltered area, if possible. If
not, cover the top with a tarpaulin or plastic.
Removing from storage [11229773]

1. Make all the repairs that were required from the end
of the season inspection.
2. Review the initial baler attachment and setup instruc-
tions.
3. Check all of the wires and wire harnesses for dam-
age.
4. Check the hydraulic lines for any signs of leaks.
5. Install the net or twine.
6. Check for proper flotation.
7. Check the tires air pressure.
8. Check proper chain tensions and alignment.
9. Burnish all of the slip clutches.
10. Check the twine tube travel and timing with the knife.
11. If the baler will be used with a different tractor, check
the hydraulic fluid compatibility
12. Check the tailgate hydraulic lock valve. Raise the
tailgate and place the valve in the locked position.
Try to move the tailgate with the tractor hydraulics.
13. Check the hydraulic pressure setting.
14. Check that all of the indicators operate properly.
15. Operate the baler and check that the belts track prop-
erly.
7 - 48
7 - MAINTENANCE
TROUBLESHOOTING
Round baler [25871714]

PTO drive area
Concern Possible Cause Correction
Main clutch cutting out. Foreign object or plugged. Remove foreign object or plugging.
Use the slug wrench to unplug the
baler.
Bales too dense. Check bale density and decrease if
necessary.
Windrows too large. Make smaller windrows or drive
slower.
Worn clutch. Replace clutch.
Pickup area
Does not pickup material cleanly. Missing or broken pickup tines. Replace broken or missing tines.
Flotation too light. Adjust pickup flotation.
Driving too fast. Reduce ground speed.
Pickup‐to‐ground clearance too high. Reduce pickup‐to‐ground clearance.
Pickup plugging. Feeding large windrows too rapidly. Reduce ground speed to allow the
Lumpy windrows. pickup to tear the bunches apart as
they are fed into the machine.
Incorrect windrow preparation and/or Optimize windrow preparation and/or
driving technique. driving technique.
Incorrect windguard baffle plate Properly adjust windguard baffle
adjustment. plate.
Pickup shearbolt failure. Blockage in front of the augers caused Reduce ground speed to allow the
by big lumps. pickup to tear the bunches apart as
they are fed into the machine.
Optimize windrow preparation and
driving technique.
Foreign objects entering the pickup In stony fields, raise the pickup higher
(branches, stones). off the ground to prevent stones from
entering the pickup.
Pickup hitting the ground in rough Raise the pickup and drive around
fields. pot holes in the field. Adjust pickup
flotation lighter (less force needed to
lift the pickup).
Shearbolt fatigue. Install new shearbolt.
Pickup does not drop freely. Pickup pivots binding. Grease pickup pivots.
Pickup tines breaking. Pickup tines digging in the ground. Increase pickup tines‐to‐ground
Pickup set too low. clearance.
Foreign objects or previously broken Remove foreign objects and replace
tines in the pickup. broken tines.
Heavy stalky conditions. In stalky conditions, frequent pickup
tines breaking may be expected.
Crop plugging in front of the centering Excessive weaving, feeding too much Improve weaving technique, do not
augers. crop in front of the augers. feed the entire windrow to the augers.
Auger scrapers maladjusted. Readjust auger scrapers.
Crossing windrows. Raise the pickup when crossing
windrows.
7 - 49
7 - MAINTENANCE
Bale formation
Feeding problems in short, brittle crop Brittle crop breaks easily when fed into Reduce PTO speed down to 350 -
conditions. the baler. 450 RPM.
On CropCutter™ Cutter machines,
do not cut the incoming crop.
Disengage the PTO when running
idle on the headlands.
Crop loss too high in brittle and short Brittle crop breaks easily when fed into In these extreme conditions, wrap
crop conditions. the baler. the bale with net or plastic to
Twine wrapping aggravates this reduce crop loss.
problem due to:
•
Relatively long wrapping time

•
Twine cannot hold short material

inside the bale.
Bale density
Bales too light and soft. Ground speed too high. Reduce ground speed to allow
compaction of the incoming crop.
Drive slower at the end of bale
formation.
Improper windrow preparation. Improve windrow preparation.
Full bale density setting too low. Increase full bale density on the Bale
Command Plus™ operator panel.
Defective density springs. Adjust or replace the density springs.
Bales too heavy and dense. Crop moisture content too high. Allow crop to dry before baling.
Ground speed too low. Increase ground speed to leave less
compaction time to the incoming crop.
Windrow too small. Increase ground speed or rake two
windrows together.
Full bale density setting too high. Decrease full bale density setting on
the Bale Command Plus™ operator
panel.
Bale density sensor out of adjustment. Adjust linkage to sensor.
7 - 50
7 - MAINTENANCE
CropCutter™Cutter system
Rapid wear of the knives. Contamination of (sandy) soil in the Avoid excessive raking when
windrow. preparing the windrow.
Pickup set too low to the ground, Raise the pickup to have at least
collecting stones and soil. 30 mm of pickup tine‐to‐ground
clearance.
Excessive power use when the Worn or damaged knives. Sharpen or replace worn or
CropCutter™ Cutter knives are damaged knives.
engaged.
CropCutter™ Cutter knives breaking Worn knives. Sharpen knives.
away too easily. Knife break away spring set too loose. Tighten the knife break away
spring.
Knife break away mechanism Readjust the knife break away
maladjusted. mechanism.
CropCutter™ Cutter knives do not Knife break away spring set too tight. Loosen the knife break away
break away when a stone enters the spring.
pickup, cam clutch cuts out. Knife break away mechanism Readjust the knife break away
maladjusted. mechanism.
CropCutter™ Cutter actuator is in the Retract the CropCutter™ Cutter
fully extended position. actuator to the cut position. For
further action, refer to chapter Bale
Command Plus™ system.
Automatic lubrication
Not enough oiling. Pump action has become tight due to Clean pump area and check free
crop and dirt buildup in the pump area. pump action.
Oil too heavy. Use specified oil.
In cold conditions, use a lighter
type of oil.
System contaminated. Replace all metering valves.
Oil flow rate set too low. Increase oil flow rate by increasing
pump stroke.
Too much oiling. Oil flow rate set too high. Lower oil flow rate by decreasing
pump stroke.
Oil too light. Use specified oil.
In very hot conditions, use heavier
type of oil.
No oiling on some or all chains. Oil pump maladjusted. Readjust oil pump.
Main oiling line from tank to pump Reattach or repair main oiling line.
detached or defective.
One or more metering valves Replace contaminated metering
contaminated or blocked. valves.
Air in the oiling system. Bleed the oiling pump and all oiling
lines.
Detached, looped or squeezed oiling Reroute and/or replace defective
line(s). oiling line(s).
Oiling brushes maladjusted. Readjust oiling brushes.
7 - 51
7 - MAINTENANCE
Round baler [32469925]

Twine wrapping
NOTE: TWINE WRAP is an accessory.
The baler is as standard equipped to operate with net or
plastic as wrapping material and all commands referring to
twine wrap are disabled.
The twine wrap kit is a Dealer Installed Accessory. When
a Twine Wrap kit is installed, the twine wrap mode in the
Bale Command Plus™ monitor must be activated.
7 - 52
7 - MAINTENANCE

The twine wrapper does not function The twine tie programme is not Activate the twine tie programme.
at all. activated.
Twine does not start. Proceed as follows:
1. Restart the wrapping cycle man-
ually pressing, during a twine
wrapping cycle, the WRAP key.
2.
If the fault remains observe and

correct the problem:
Twine tension plates set too tight. •
Reduce twine tension spring

length.
Improper twine routing. •
Thread twine correctly.

Slippery straw conditions. •
In slippery straw conditions, keep

driving until the twine starts, then
stop immediately.
Twine tangled in twine box. •
Clear problem of knot, etc.

3.
Attach the twine tails back in the

twine clamp and stop devices.
4.
Get back in the tractor and reen-

gage the PTO 540 RPM.
5.
Manually trip the wrap cycle by

pressing the WRAP key for 2 s.
Twine spacing not constant over the Variations in PTO speed during the Keep PTO speed constant ( 540
bale. twine wrap cycle. RPM) during the complete twine wrap
cycle.
Twine is not cut at end of wrap cycle. Dull or damaged knife. Sharpen or replace knife.
Maladjusted knife. Readjust knife.
Crop buildup or foreign objects Clean crop buildup, remove foreign
between knife and knife striker plate. objects.
7 - 53
7 - MAINTENANCE

Twine falls off the ends of the ejected Poorly shaped bales. Improve windrow preparation and
bale. driving technique to obtain good
shaped bales.
End wraps placed too close to the In these conditions, relocate the twine
edge of the bale, especially in slippery clamp‐and‐stop devices more to the
crop conditions. inside.
Not getting two overlapping wraps on Increase the number of end wraps on
the ends of the bale. the Bale Command Plus™ operator
panel.
7 - 54
7 - MAINTENANCE
Twine wrapping (continued)

Twine unrolls when the bale is Can happen on hot days in dry and Increase the number of end wraps on
ejected. slippery straw conditions. the Bale Command Plus™ operator
panel.
Insufficient number of end wraps. Increase the number of end wraps on
panel.
Ejected bale rolls too far away Release the bale kicker springs.
Programme a special operator twine
wrap pattern.
In extreme conditions, wrap the bale
with net or plastic.
Net does not start. For further action following the
net‐plastic wrap error, refer to chapter
Bale Command Plus™ system.
Plastic does not start. For further action following the
net‐plastic wrap error, refer to chapter
Bale Command Plus™ system.
Trash buildup in front of the duckbill. Remove trash buildup.
Net or plastic routed incorrectly. Route the net or plastic correctly.
Spreader rolls binding. Correct binding problem.
Net or plastic tension too high. Release secondary brake spring.
Net tearing. Use higher quality net or plastic.
Release net or plastic tension.
Net or plastic wrapping around Glue on net or machine components. Cut off spoiled net or plastic and
stripper roll. clean machine components.
Sticky substance on stripper roll. Clean stripper roll.
Weld splatters and burrs on the Grind burrs and weld splatters.
stripper roll.
Driving technique in short and brittle In these conditions, do not stop
crop conditions. immediately at the "full bale" signal,
but drive on at reduced PTO speed
until the net starts. Then stop at once.
Poor net or plastic spreading on the Foreign material wedged in duckbill Remove foreign material.
bale. baffle.
Poor bale shape. Improve windrow preparation and
driving technique to make good
shaped bales.
Net or plastic roll not centred on the Centre the roll on the spindle.
roll spindle.
Spreader roll binding. Correct binding problem.
Net tension or plastic too low. Increase net tension by tightening the
secondary net brake spring.
Poor net or plastic quality. Use higher quality net or plastic.
Insufficient net or plastic width. Use rolls of at least 120 cm width.
Best results are obtained with 125 -
130 cm wide net or plastic.
Plastic is not cut at the end of the Dull or damaged knife. Sharpen or replace knife.
wrap cycle. Maladjusted knife. Readjust knife.
Crop buildup or foreign objects Clean crop buildup, remove foreign
between knife and knife striker plate. objects.
Plastic‐net not cut at the end of wrap Very tough quality of plastic. Install an additional serrated knife.
cycle.
7 - 55
7 - MAINTENANCE
Twine wrapping (continued)

Net tearing on the ejected bale. Net tension too high. Decrease net tension by releasing
the secondary net brake spring.
In springy crop conditions, the ejected In springy crop conditions, decrease
bale expands upon ejection and puts net tension or select a higher number
extra strain on the net. of wraps on the Bale Command
Plus™ operator panel.
Stones or foreign objects pinching Raise the pickup to keep stones from
the net. entering the baler.
Poor net quality. Use higher quality net.
Select a higher number of wraps on
panel.
Weld splatters and burrs on the floor Grind burrs and weld splatters.
roll.
Barrel shaped bales. Improve windrow preparation and
driving technique to make good
shaped cylindrical bales.
Weld splatters and burrs in the net Grind burrs and weld splatters.
routing (spreader rolls, duckbill or
stripper roll).
Miscellaneous
Tailgate will not latch. Crop and stones buildup behind the Clean crop buildup and stones behind
floor roll. the floor roll.
Tailgate latching hooks/pin Readjust tailgate hooks/pins.
maladjusted.
Crop buildup in the tailgate latching Clean crop buildup.
hook area.
Tailgate will not open. Insufficient hydraulic pressure. Check tractor hydraulics.
Bale ejection is slow and difficult. Insufficient hydraulic flow for fast Check tractor hydraulics.
tailgate opening.
Bale ejector springs too tight. Release bale ejector springs.
Bale density too high. Decrease full bale density setting on
panel.
Too much material fed into the sides Do not overfill the sides of the bale.
of the bale.
Paint on bale chamber side sheets On a new baler, select a lower full
when the baler is new. bale density, until the bale chamber
side sheets are polished.
PTO speed too low. For bale ejection, increase PTO
speed to at least 450 RPM
Bale ejector tube jumps excessively Bale ejector springs not tight enough. Tighten the bale ejector springs.
during transport on the road.
7 - 56
7 - MAINTENANCE
Bale Command Plus™ Monitor system

After turning power on, or any time Pump action has become tight due Clean pump area and check free
during field operation: to crop and dirt buildup in the pump pump action.
area.
1. Close and latch tailgate using tractor

hydraulics.
Tailgate open, or tailgate closed
but not latched.
2. Open tailgate, clean area behind floor
roll and close tailgate.
Tailgate does not latch due to
trash buildup on frame cross
beam behind floor roll.
3. Adjust left and right tailgate switch.
Tailgate switches not properly ad-

justed.
4. Visually inspect and repair if possible.
Connections loose or corroded,

defective wiring loom, defective
components (switch, wiring to-
wards tailgate switches).
Perform sensor test in SETUP AND
DIAGNOSTIC mode. Call dealer for
assistance.
During field operation: Refer to the above concern
Flashing "tailgate" pointer on "ready

to bale" status.
If no action is taken within 15 s, the
alarm will sound and the following
error message will appear on the
display:
7 - 57
7 - MAINTENANCE
Bale Command Plus™ Monitor system (continued)

After turning power on: First clear the alarm, then look for
cause of problem and correct:
1. Press the RETRACT key to retract

the net or the twine actuator to the
Depending on the selected net/ home position.
twine wrap mode, the corre-
sponding actuator is not in the
home position.
2. Visually inspect and repair, if possible.

If not successful, call dealer for
Connections loose or corroded, assistance.
sensor.
3. Call dealer for assistance on
adjustment and calibration of the
Variable position sensor malad- sensor.
justed or miscalibrated.
After turning power on, nothing 1. Replace the circuit breaker. Make
happens on the operator panel sure it is fitted away from the heat
display. Tripped circuit breaker in the source (e.g. engine or exhaust
The status light at the controller is not power cable at the battery. collector) to prevent it from heating
illuminated. up.
2. Check for power at control box and
trace to battery for power loss.
No power to control box.
3. Clean and repair connections.
Loose or corroded connections.

4. Check for correct connection of the
battery power cable to the battery.
Reverse polarity connection If not successful, call dealer for
made at the battery. assistance.
After turning power on, the operator Defective touch‐sensitive keys on the Call dealer for assistance.
panel wakes up normally, but the operator panel.
values (baling parameters) cannot be
changed.
Operator panel display is erratic or 1. Check for continuity, and no short
segments are randomly illuminated. circuit in the individual wires in the
Damaged wiring loom. wiring loom.
2. Clean and repair connections.
Loose, corroded or dirty connec-

tors.
3. Let the wiring loom dry out.
Moisture in the wiring loom. assistance.
7 - 58
7 - MAINTENANCE

Bale Command Plus™ does not Usually due to erratic tailgate switch See under concern:
count daily bales and total bales, or functioning.
does not count correctly.
During field operation: 1. Press the RETRACT key to retract

the actuator to the home position.
Depending on net/twine wrap se-
lection, the corresponding wrap
actuator is not in the home posi-
tion.
Flashing actuator pointer on ready to 2. Visually inspect and repair, if possible.

bale display status. If not successful, call dealer for
Connections loose or corroded, assistance.
sensor.
If no action is taken within 10 s, the 3. Call dealer for assistance on
alarm will sound and the display will adjustment and calibration of the
show the following error message: Variable position sensor malad- sensor.
justed or miscalibrated.
During field operation: First action: clear the alarm.
1. Reconnect the wiring loom to the

right‐hand side bale density sensor.
Right‐hand side bale density sen-
sor disconnected.
Connections corroded, defective assistance.
wiring loom, defective sensor.
7 - 59
7 - MAINTENANCE

During field operation: First action: clear the alarm.
1. Reconnect the wiring loom to the

left‐hand side bale density sensor.
Left‐hand side bale density sen-
sor disconnected.
Connections corroded, defective assistance.
wiring loom, defective sensor.
After turning power on: First action: clear the alarm.
Defective, disconnected or For further action, see under concern

miscalculated bale density sensor(s). above:
7 - 60
7 - MAINTENANCE

During the NET‐PLASTIC WRAP First clear the alarm, then look for
cycle: cause of problem and correct:
The net‐plastic wrap mechanism has 1. Release net or plastic tension.

been activated, but there is no net or
plastic on the bale, Too much tension on the roll: net
OR or plastic not taken by the bale or
the net‐plastic has not been cut off, tearing after being taken.
OR 2. Clean the duckbill area.
a "normal" wrap cycle has taken
place, yet the alarm sounds. Material buildup or foreign ob-
jects sticking in the duckbill area
hampering net or plastic wrap
feeding.
3. Make sure the metering roll turns
freely. Check for correct net or plastic
The net or plastic slips over the routing ("over top feeding" on the net
metering roll. or plastic roll).
4.
The net metering sensor is not

sensing that the metering roll is
turning because:
• Adjust sensor.
Net metering sensor malad-

justed,
• Clean or repair connection.
Dirty, corroded or loose connec-

tion on the metering roll sensor,
• Visually inspect for damage, repair if
possible.
Damaged main wiring loom, de-
fective magnet or sensor.
assistance on sensor test in the
SETUP AND DIAGNOSTIC mode.
7 - 61
7 - MAINTENANCE

During an automatic NET or TWINE First action: clear the alarm.
WRAP cycle:
The wrap cycle has been interrupted

and the alarm sounds if: 1. Clean crop build up and remove
foreign objects from the duckbill/ knife
Crop buildup or foreign objects or twine tube mechanism.
sticking in the duckbill/ knife or
twine tube mechanism.
The DUCKBILL ACTUATOR: 2. Inspect for low supply voltage and/or
electric power loss.
• Low power supply to the duckbill
and/or twine actuator (low battery
Does not extend from the home power, loss of electric power in
position to the insert position in 7 the wiring to the corresponding
s. actuator).
• 3. Make sure all linkages move freely,
without binding or interference.
Does not retract from the insert Binding or seizing in the rotation
position to the precut position in points and linkages of the duck-
7 s. bill/knife or twine tube mecha-
nism.
• Disassemble and grease if necessary.
Does not retract from the precut

position to the home position in 7
s.
If TWINE WRAP Installed. The TWINE Then retract the actuator to the home
ACTUATOR: position.
•
Does not extend from the home

position to the insert position in 7
s. For twine wrap operation, make sure
• to retract both the twine and duckbill
actuator, as they are both involved in
Does not retract to the next twine the twine wrap cycle.
dwell position in 4 s.
Restart the wrap cycle with the WRAP
key.
Inconsistent or excess number of net Net metering roll binding. Correct binding problems.
wraps on the bale.
7 - 62
7 - MAINTENANCE

During an automatic wrap cycle: The AUTO/MAN key was pressed First action: clear the alarm.
during the automatic wrap cycle.
The alarm sounds and the wrap cycle Then retract the actuator to the home
is interrupted. position. For twine wrap operation,
make sure to retract both the twine
and duckbill actuator, as they are
both involved in the twine wrap cycle.
Put the controller back in the AUTO

mode.

key.
The EXTEND or RETRACT key was Same as above.

pressed during the automatic wrap
cycle.
7 - 63
7 - MAINTENANCE

During the actuator EXTEND or The actuator stalled for 5 s due to: First action: clear the alarm.
RETRACT phase:
1. Clean the crop buildup, remove any

foreign object (stones, branches).
Crop buildup or foreign objects
sticking in the duckbill mecha-
nism or the twine arm mecha-
nism.
2. Inspect actuator sensor and replace if
necessary. Call dealer for assistance.
Duckbill or twine actuator sensor
miscalibrated, maladjusted or de-
fective.
3. Retract the actuator(s) to the home
position.
A net/twine wrap cycle has been
started without having one or
both of the actuators in the home
position.

key.
4. Release the EXTEND or RETRACT

key from the moment the actuator
The EXTEND or RETRACT key reaches the end‐of‐stroke or the
is held pressed with the twine or home position, respectively, and
duckbill actuator in the full extend starts to ratchet.
position or the home position, re-
spectively.
7 - 64
7 - MAINTENANCE
CropCutter™Cutter fault finding

During the cutter actuator EXTEND The cutter actuator stalled for 5 s, First action: clear the alarm.
or RETRACT phase: due to:
1. Clean the crop buildup, remove any

foreign object (stones, branches).
Crop buildup or foreign objects
sticking in the cutter knife posi-
tioning mechanism.
2. Inspect sensor and replace if
necessary. Call your dealer
Cutter actuator position sensor, for assistance on replacement,
miss calibrated, maladjusted or adjustment and calibration.
defective.
3. Release the CUTTER EXTEND or
CUTTER RETRACT key when the
The CUTTER EXTEND or CUT- cutter actuator reaches the full extend
TER RETRACT key is held for 5 or home position, respectively, and
s with the cutter actuator in the starts to ratchet.
full extend position or the home
position, respectively.
During manual CropCutter™ Cutter First action: clear the alarm.
operation:
1. Turn CropCutter™ Cutter power back

ON.
CropCutter™ Cutter power has
been turned off, but the cutter ac-
tuator is not in the home position.
Retract the cutter actuator to the

home position.
Turn CropCutter™ Cutter power back

ON.
2. Switch the controller to AUTO mode.
The cutter actuator was left

dwelling in the full extend posi-
tion for more than 10 s.
The cutter actuator will automatically

retract to the cut position.
7 - 65
7 - MAINTENANCE
CropCutter™Cutter fault finding (continued)

During an automatic CropCutter™ First action: clear the alarm.
Cutter cycle:
1. Clean crop build up and remove

foreign objects from the knife
Crop buildup or foreign objects positioning mechanism.
sticking in the cutter knife posi-
tioning mechanism.
The cutter actuator stopped moving 2. Inspect for low supply voltage and/or
and the alarm sounds if: electric power loss.
Low power supply to the cutter
actuator (low battery power, loss
of electric power in the wiring to
the cutter actuator).
• 3. Make sure all moving parts turn
freely, without binding or interference.
The cutter actuator did not ex- Binding or interference in the Disassemble and grease if necessary.
tend from the home position to knife positioning mechanism.
the full extend position in 15 s.
• WARNING:
Turn Bale Command Plus™ power
The cutter actuator did not retract off when working on the CropCutter™
from the full extend position to the Cutter mechanism.
cut position in 7 s.
• Wear safety gloves when reaching
into the cutting knives.
The cutter actuator did not retract
from the cut position to the home
position in 10 s.
During an automatic CropCutter ™ The AUTO/MAN key was pressed to First action: clear the alarm.
Cutter cycle: switch the controller from AUTO to
MANUAL mode.
Return to AUTO mode to let the cutter

actuator finish its automatic cycle.
7 - 66
8 - SPECIFICATIONS
8 - SPECIFICATIONS
Overall Dimensions [25870660]
The specification figures in this section are provided for All data given in this manual is subject to production vari-
your information and guidance. For further information ation. Dimensions and weights are approximate only.
concerning your baler and equipment, consult your New
Holland dealer. The illustrations do not necessarily show balers in stan-
dard condition or imply that these features are available
Manufacturers New Holland policy is one of continuous in all countries. For exact information about any particular
improvement and the right to change prices, specification baler, please consult your New Holland dealer.
or equipment at any time without notice is reserved.
Overall dimensions
Width Meters (Feet)
A Pickup 2.00 m (6.6 ft)
B Ground wheels (Standard machines) 2.40 m (7.9 ft)
C Ground wheels ( CropCutter™ cutter machines) 2.50 m (8.2 ft)
D Maximum (Pickup wheels installed) 2.69 m (8.8 ft)
Length Low hitch
X Bale ejector excluded 3.65 m (12.0 ft)
F Bale ejector included 3.95 m (13.0 ft)
Z Maximum (tailgate open) 4.50 m (14.8 ft)
High hitch = low hitch + 0.15
Height
E Tailgate closed 2.35 m (7.7 ft)
Y Tailgate opened 2.70 m (8.9 ft)
ZIL10FCRB002FAA 1
8-1
8 - SPECIFICATIONS
Technical data
Weight
Capacity™ Less cutter baler 2,600 kg
CropCutter™ Cutter baler 2,685 kg
Tractor requirements
Power (PTO input requirements)
Without knives
Minimum 37 kW (50.3 Hp)
Recommended 52 kW (70.7 Hp)
CropCutter™ Cutter baler
7,8 knives engaged
CropCutter™ Cutter baler
15 knives engaged
3 single-acting valves (Pickup, Tailgate, Auto
Hydraulics
reverser)
12400.0 kPa (124 bar) minimum
21000.0 kPa (210 bar) maximum
Output 45 l/min minimum at 540 RPM PTO
Electric's
Bale Command Plus™Monitor system 13 - 14 V, 30 A peak load capability
Road light equipment B7 DIN 72577, 7-pin connector
Hitch height Infinitely adjustable
Low hitch 250 - 800 mm (9.8 - 31.5 in)
High hitch 700 - 1100 mm (27.6 - 43.3 in)
Bale chamber
Width 120 cm
Diameter 120 cm
Bale weight
Range 120 - 800 kg
Maximum 800 kg
Typical :
Straw 120 - 200 kg
Hay 180 - 300 kg
Silage 350 - 800 kg
8-2
8 - SPECIFICATIONS
Tires
Ground wheels
Capacity™ / CropCutter™ All machines 11.5/80 x 15.3 - PR 8 Tubeless
Pressure: for normal farming practice 2.1 bar
40 km/h road travel 2.5 bar
Capacity™ / CropCutter™ All machines 15.0/55 x 17 - PR 10 Tubeless
Pressure: for normal farming practice 1.5 bar
40 km/h road travel 1.6 bar
Capacity™ / CropCutter™ All machines 19.0/45 x 17 - 10 PR
Pressure all conditions 1.5 bar
Pickup gauge wheels 15 x 6.00-6-4 ply
Pressure 3 bar
ATTENTION: The tires specified by the manufacturer has to be maintained at all times. Only original New
are the only tires approved. If non genuine or replace- Holland wheel rims should be used in combination with
ment tires are used, these must be identical in size and the tyre sizes indicated. Only these tyre/wheel rims
strength (PR rating or Load Index and Speed Symbol) combinations have been homologated in relation to the
to the specified tires. The recommended tyre pressure machine weight, width and road speed limits.
Drive chains
Legend: LHS = Left Hand Side RHS = Right Hand Side
Number of
Description Size Pitch links (include Length
connector link)
Main drive chain (LHS) RC 80 HV 25.4 mm (1.0 in) 102 2591 mm
Apron conveyor chain (LHS + RHS) 50.8 mm (2.0 in) 132 6706 mm
Rotor drive chain (LHS) RC 80 25.4 mm (1.0 in) 86 2184 mm
Floor roll drive chain (RHS) RC 60 HV 19.0 mm (0.7 in) 91 1734 mm
Pickup drive chain (LHS) RC 50 15.9 mm (0.6 in) 66 1048 mm
Pickup reel drive chain (LHS) RC 50 15.9 mm (0.6 in) 74 1175 mm
Pickup auger drive chain (RHS) RC 50 15.9 mm (0.6 in) 74 1175 mm
Drive speed
PTO shaft 540 RPM
Gearbox output shaft 300 RPM
Pickup reel 106 RPM
Pickup augers 360 RPM
Feed rotor 138 RPM
Floor roll 99 RPM
Conveyor chain drive shaft 165 RPM
Stripper roll 165 RPM
8-3
8 - SPECIFICATIONS
Pickup
Overall width:
With pickup wheels installed 2.69 m
With pickup wheels removed 2.50 m
Width inside side sheets 2.00 m
Distance between outer tines 1.80 m
Number of tines 4 x 28 = 112 (56 double tines)
Reel guard diameter 356 mm
Single windguard, pivoting, chain adjustable
Windguard type
height, quick-attach front baffle plate and 14 tines
Flotation Coil spring-loaded, quickly adjustable
Height adjustable gauge wheels
Raised position locks
Transport position lock
Pickup lift Hydraulic, single-acting cylinder
Overload protection Shearbolt
Feed rotor
Width 140 cm
Overrun clutch on feed rotor/pickup drive sprocket
Unplugging
Slug wrench
Bale chamber
Bale chamber Consists of steel rolls and conveyor bars
Floor roll 324 mm diameter steel roll with 10 weld-on ribs
194 mm diameter steel roll with weld-on cleaning
Stripper roll
loops and scraper
Conveyor chain and bars 34 bar, 35 mm diameter, each guided by 2
bearings
Bars connected by a 2 in pitch chain with a length
of 6909 mm (136 links)
Bale rotation speed ± 26 RPM
Time for one revolution ± 2.25 s
Bale density system

Bale density system Density coil springs
Cab electronic display ( Bale Command Plus™)
Bale density setting Full bale density selection from 10 to 100 in steps
of 10
2 spring-loaded extension rods connected to a
Bale density measurement variable position sensor measure the amount of
tailgate opening during bale formation
Wrapper Controls Cab electronic display Bale Command Plus™
8-4
8 - SPECIFICATIONS
Twine wrapping
Twine arms 2, separate, gear driven
Twine feeding Duckbill type, no feed rollers
Control 2 electric actuators
Automatic (electronic) with manual override
Twine wrap patterns 3 factory pre-programmed patterns
14 wraps (include 2 end wraps)
1 operator programmable pattern (maximum 31
steps)
Number of end wraps 2, 3 or 4
End wrap placement 2 adjustable twine clamp-and-stop devices (one
for each twine)
Twine tension 2 adjustable spring-loaded tensions (one for each
twine) in the twine box and 2 non-adjustable twine
retainers (one for each twine) in the twine arms
Twine run indicators 2 (one for each twine)
Twine storage capacity 4 balls of 285 mm diameter
5 balls of 270 mm diameter
6 balls of 225 mm diameter
Twine Sisal twine ( 250 - 400 mg/kg)
Polypropylene twine ( 350 - 750 mg/kg)
Binder twine not recommended
Net wrapping
Net feeding Duckbill type, no feed rollers
Control Electric actuator
Automatic (electronic), with manual override
Number of wraps 1.5 - 6.0 wraps in steps of 0.25 (quarter wrap)
Net tension Independent of net roll diameter (net brake
compensation system)
Net run indication Electronic (sensor on net counter roll)
Visual (inspection holes in front guard)
Net storage capacity Maximum 3 rolls
1 on the roll spindle
1 in the spare net basket
1 in the twine storage box
Net roll
Width 1200 - 1300 mm
Diameter 340 mm maximum
Cardboard roll inner diameter 75 mm
Minimum shearing strength 1400 N
Bale Command Plus™ Monitor information Cab electronic display (operator panel)
Bale density
Full bale
Wrapped bale ready for ejection
CropCutter™ Cutter ON/OFF selection
CropCutter™ Cutter parameters
Number of bales made:
Daily
Total
Twine/net wrap selection
Twine/net wrap parameters
Bale shape indication (bar graphs)
8-5
8 - SPECIFICATIONS
CropCutter™ Cutter
( CropCutter™ Cutter is a factory-fitted basic option, Auto reverser optional)
Principle Spring-load protected knives in the feeder duct
Number of knives (theoretical cutting length) 7, 8 ( 175 mm)
15 ( 76.5 mm)
Control Electric actuator
Automatic (electronic) with manual override
Quick knife selection:
Machines with knife selection shaft 0-7-8
Machines with knives in/out shaft 0 - 15
Indicators Cab electronic display (Bale Command Plus™)
Knife protection Single spring
Knife out indicator Sensor signal and shown on monitor
Lubrication
Automatic chain oiler (accessory) All drive chains
Oil type NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM
46NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46
DIN 15524 Part 2 specification, or
NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYDROSYSTEM 46
BIO-S
No oils with EP additives. Avoid all universal,
multipurpose, hydraulic or gear oils.
Oil tank capacity 3 l (0.8 US gal)
Oil flow rate setting Infinite adjustment, from 1 (minimum) to 8
(maximum)
Gearbox
Oil type NEW HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE 90NEW
HOLLAND AMBRA HYPOIDE 90 Gear oil
meeting API GL5 and MIL-L-2105D classification
Capacity Approximate 1.70 l (0.4 US gal)
8-6
9 - ACCESSORIES
9 - ACCESSORIES
Optional equipment [25869739]
General information
Depending on local sales policy, some of the following
accessories may be fitted standard on the machine, while
others will not. Contact your dealer for more information.
Bale ejector
The bale ejector (1) rolls the bale out of the bale chamber
far enough to allow closing of the tailgate without having
to move the tractor forward. This means that the operator
does not have to reverse a few meters during the wrap
cycle.
ZIL10FCRB177AAA 1
Serrated knife for plastic - Figure 2 and Fig-

ure 3
Some plastic wrap materials have such tensile strength
that the standard knife does not cut the plastic.
In such a situation install the serrated plastic knife (1).

NOTE: The plastic knife can only be used to cut wrapping
material made of plastic sheet and must be removed when
net, or twine is used.
To install proceed as follows:

• Empty the bale chamber. ZIL10FCRB291AAA 2
• Park the tractor on an even ground and lock the

handbrake.
• Lift the tailgate in its uppermost position and secure
in place by closing the hydraulic lock out valve.
• Adjust the knife carrier half way up by manually op-
erating the actuator.
• Stop the tractor engine and remove the ignition key.
9-1
9 - ACCESSORIES
• Remove the four nuts, - bolts and washers (2).

• Install the serrated knife (1) with the serration up-
wards with the four nuts, - bolts and washers (2).
The baler is now ready to operate with any type of
plastic sheet.
• Open carefully the lock out valve and continue bal-
ing.
ZIL10FCRB292AAA 3
Twine wrap kit

When you want to wrap the bales with twine then the twine
wrap kit has to be installed.
• To install follow the instructions delivered with the kit.

• To activate the Bale Command Plus™ mode for
twine wrap follow the instructions in this manual.
• To adjust and operate the Twine wrap system follow
the instructions in this manual.
ZIL10FCRB293AAA 4
Tailgate discs
In special crop conditions, such as light straw, the bale
might have difficulty to be ejected from the bale chamber.
In these conditions, installing the tailgate discs (1) left and

right inside the tailgate will improve bale ejection.
ZIL10FCRB078AAA 5
Pick-up drive sprocket with overrun clutch

Rough field operations and lumpy feeding may result in
occasional pick-up and feed rotor blockages, sometimes
requiring the rotor to be reversed.
Installing a special pick-up drive sprocket, with integrated

overrun clutch will save pick-up tines from bending and
failing prematurely.
ZIL10FCRB218AAA 6
9-2
9 - ACCESSORIES
Baffle plate
The baffle plate (1) can be attached using the hardware
supplied (2).
This plate helps to retain the net should there be a prob-

lem of loosing the net from the duckbill at wrap start.
ZIL10FCRB186AAA 7
Hard faced cutter knives

Hard faced knives are available that are designed to stay
sharp longer.
NOTICE: Hard faced knives by nature can chip therefore
they are not recommended for use in stony conditions.
Blank knives
Blank knives are also available for substitution when re-
duced cutting is required.
ZIL10FCRB209AAA 8
Roller windguard
A roller windguard is available which aids crop flow into
the rotor.
ZIL10FCRB182AAA 9

The rotor reverser (to clear blocked crop) can be oper-
ated from the tractor, when it is connected to the tractor
hydraulic system and is a single acting action.
The reverser is protected by a shearbolt (2).
ZIL10FCRB139AAA 10
9-3
9 - ACCESSORIES
9-4
10 - FORMS AND DECLARATIONS
10 - 1
10 - 2
Delivery Report Customer Copy Customer copy [25871210]

Check and adjust, as required
Checks to be done with tractor and baler standing still Checks to be done with the tractor/baler running if required
1.
1. Check PTO shaft and guarding Check the function of the pickup and the
tailgate hydraulics
2.
2. Clean the machine
Check the function of the monitor system.
3.
3. Oil level of the main drive gearbox
Check the function of the lights
4.
4. Lubricate all grease points
Check/adjust the conveyor chain tension
5.
5. Check oil level in the automatic chain
oiler Check the condition of the conveyor chain
tubes and bearings
6.
6. Check the function of the parking brake
(if installed) Check the function of the automatic chain
oiler
7.
7. Check the tyre pressure/tyre condition
All options and accessories
8. Check the condition of wheel/rims
9. Tighten the wheel nuts to prescribed
torque
10. Check/adjust the pickup flotation
11. Check/adjust the pickup drive chains
12. Check the condition of the pickup tines
13. Check and adjust the feed auger drives
14. Check/adjust the main, - rotor and floor
roll drive chains
15. Check the bearings of the pickup and
the rotor
16. Check and adjust the entire wrapper
configurations
17. Check and adjust the scrapers
THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE
BALER MODEL NO: .................................................... BALER SERIAL NO: ....................................................
SIGNATURE OWNER, DATE: ........................................ SIGNATURE DEALER, DATE: .......................................
10 - 3
10 - 4
Delivery Report Dealer Copy Dealer copy [25871627]

Check and adjust, as required
Checks to be done with tractor and baler standing still Checks to be done with the tractor/baler running if required
1.
1. Check PTO shaft and guarding Check the function of the pickup and the
tailgate hydraulics
2.
2. Clean the machine
Check the function of the monitor system.
3.
3. Oil level of the main drive gearbox
Check the function of the lights
4.
4. Lubricate all grease points
Check/adjust the conveyor chain tension
5.
5. Check oil level in the automatic chain
oiler Check the condition of the conveyor chain
tubes and bearings
6.
6. Check the function of the parking brake
(if installed) Check the function of the automatic chain
oiler
7.
7. Check the tyre pressure/tyre condition
All options and accessories
8. Check the condition of wheel/rims
9. Tighten the wheel nuts to prescribed
torque
10. Check/adjust the pickup flotation
11. Check/adjust the pickup drive chains
12. Check the condition of the pickup tines
13. Check and adjust the feed auger drives
14. Check/adjust the main, - rotor and floor
roll drive chains
15. Check the bearings of the pickup and
the rotor
16. Check and adjust the entire wrapper
configurations
17. Check and adjust the scrapers
THE INSPECTION HAS BEEN MADE
BALER MODEL NO: .................................................... BALER SERIAL NO: ....................................................
SIGNATURE OWNER, DATE: ........................................ SIGNATURE DEALER, DATE: .......................................
10 - 5
10 - 6
Index
10 hours or daily Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39

Chain Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Chain Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Chain and bar system - Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Drive chain lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
PTO PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
1200 hours or 12 months Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46

Hydraulic hoses Hose replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
50 hours Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42

Bale shape Bale shape indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Pick up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
ACCESSORIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
Optional equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
COMMISSIONING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1

Baler Preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-15
Baler blockage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Feeder Reverser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Machine safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Pick up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
Tractor attachment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-3
CONTROLS/INSTRUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Baler Operator Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
FORMS AND DECLARATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1

Delivery Report Customer Copy Customer copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-3
Delivery Report Dealer Copy Dealer copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-5
GENERAL INFORMATION. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1

Baler operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-7
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-26
Foreword . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Jack stand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-31
Legal obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-6
Net / Twine Baler Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-12
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-16
Note to the Owner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Parking Brake . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-32
Power take off (PTO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-30
Tractor Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-29
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-18
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-20

Bale Formation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Bale ejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Driveline protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Net Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-23
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Pick up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Tailgate Latch Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Twine Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27

Auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Automatic oiling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Automatic oiling system Oiler - accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Bale ejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Cam adjustment Cam follower bearing replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Conveyor Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Cutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Drive chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Drive chains Main and rotor drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Drive chains Main drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Duckbill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Duckbill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Floor Roll Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Hydraulic Hose Replacement Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Net Twine Wrapper Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Net wrap adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Pick up Flotation - wide pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Pickup Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Pickup tines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Power take off (PTO) Cut out clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Tailgate Latch adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Torque charts - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Twine Wrapper Twine wrapper (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
MAINTENANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Auger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Automatic oiling system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Automatic oiling system Oiler - accessory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Bale ejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
Bale shape Bale shape indicator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Cam adjustment Cam follower bearing replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-12
Chain Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Chain Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Chain and bar system - Lubricate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-14
Cutter knives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-16
Drive chains . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Drive chains Main and rotor drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-9
Drive chains Main drive chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Duckbill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
Duckbill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
End of Season Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Feeder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Floor Roll Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Front hitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Gearbox . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Hydraulic Hose Replacement Interval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-35
Hydraulic hoses Hose replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-13
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Maintenance Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Net Twine Wrapper Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-19
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-20
Net wrap adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
PTO PTO shaft . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Pick up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Pick up Flotation - wide pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-11
Pickup Drive Chain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-8
Pickup tines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-10
Power take off (PTO) Cut out clutch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-7
Preparing for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Removing from storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
Round baler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Round baler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-30
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-42
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-44
Tailgate Latch adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-29
Torque charts - Minimum tightening torques for normal assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-3
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-43
Twine Wrapper Twine wrapper (if installed) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-21
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-37
Wheels and tires. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
MAINTENANCE CHART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38

Maintenance Chart. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-38
Monitor Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1

Baler Operator Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Baler blockage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-19
Electrical connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Feeder Reverser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-21
Hydraulic connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-13
Knife . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-18
Machine preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Machine safety . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-24
Monitor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-28
Parking the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
Pick up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-17
Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-23
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-22
PARKING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Parking the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3

Lifting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Transporting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
ROAD TRANSPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
SAFETY INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1

Safety Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-16
Safety decals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
Safety rules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Tailgate. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-18
SPECIFICATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
Overall Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
STARTING THE UNIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30

Machine preparation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-30
STORAGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
End of Season Parts Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Preparing for Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-47
Removing from storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48
TRANSPORT OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1

Lifting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Towing the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Transporting the machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
TROUBLESHOOTING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Round baler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-49
Round baler. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
WORKING OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1

Bale Formation Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-30
Bale density. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-31
Bale ejection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-48
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Crop cutter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-18
Driveline protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-12
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-22
Net Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-26
Pick up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Tailgate Latch Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-47
Twine Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-28
Twine Wrapper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
SERVICE - Technical Publications & Tools
PRINTED IN FRANCE
© 2011 CNH GLOBAL N.V.
All rights reserved. No part of the text or illustrations of this publication may be reproduced.
NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE policy is one of continuous improvement and the right to change prices,
specification or equipment at any time without notices is reserved.
All data given in this publication is subject to production variations. Dimensions and weight are approximate only
and the illustrations do not necessarily show products in standard condition. For exact information about any
particular product, please consult your NEW HOLLAND AGRICULTURE Dealer.
CNH U.K. Ltd. Cranes Farm Road Basildon Essex United Kingdom SS14 3AD
EN

Service Manual Good Qualiry

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Service Manual Good Qualiry

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

OPERATOR'S MANUAL

STARTING THE UNIT

PREPARING FOR ROAD TRANSPORT

10 hours or daily Service

1200 hours or 12 months Service

10 FORMS AND DECLARATIONS

Before attempting to drive or operate your machine, read

Accessories Important environmental considerations

Note to the Owner [25657939]

Product identification PIN plates

The serial number is also stamped in the frame cross

Record below your machine serial number and year of

Baler type _______________________

Machine serial number 9 and 17 digit.

Legal obligations [25660187]

We, CNH Belgium N.V.Leon Claeysstraat 3A B - 8210 ZEDELGEM (Belgium)

represented by Antoon Vermeulen,

Leon Claeysstraat 3A B - 8210 ZEDELGEM (Belgium)

declare under our sole responsibility, that the product:

Commercial Name and Model: New Holland BR6090

Type: 544 or 1204

Serial Number: .......................

Place and date of the declaration: Zedelgem ...............

Name and signature of authorized person:

Baler operation [25658305]

How the baler functions

Net / Twine Baler Units [25760514]

Net Wrapper [25760237]

Electric actuators, mechanical linkages and electric vari-

The net, plastic, wrapper mechanism consists of the fol-

1. Roll diameter gauge bar

Net wrapper drive components

Twine Wrapper [30182574]

The twine wrapper mechanism consists of the following

1. Porcelain twine guides

Twine tube mechanism and drive

1. Variable position sensor

Twine clamp and cut mechanism

1. Adjustable twine clamp‐and‐stop device

Twine Wrapper [25762261]

A bale is being formed in the bale chamber. All wrapper

1. Twine wrap actuator (fully retracted)

NOTE: The twine wrapper function description in the fol-

When the bale reaches 50 % of the preset density, the

The twines release from the clamp‐and‐stop devices (4)

The twine tubes (3) dwell for a programmed lapse of time

In the meantime, the net wrap actuator (5) extends, swing-

As the duckbill (7) moves down, the knife assembly (9)

The twines get trapped between the rotating stripper roll

The twines have started to wrap around the bale in the

After a programmed dwell time has elapsed, the net wrap

• Still dwelling in the middle of the bale for a pro-

The number of end wraps is programmable with the Bale

After a programmed lapse of time, corresponding with the

The knife assembly (9) linked to the duckbill, closes

The bale is wrapped and is ready for ejection.

The Bale Command Plus™ monitor system gives a signal

All wrapper components are back in the "home" position,

Crop cutter [25679370]

1. CropCutter™ Cutter actuator (fully retracted) 6. Knife break away spring

The knives will automatically move in when the cutter is

If the cutter is not programmed for leaving an uncut outer

Tractor Requirements [25762580]